Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600/347V Circuit Breakers 240V Circuit Breakers BQ Breakers Selection and ordering data 240V BQ BQH HBQ 10KAIC 22KAIC 65KAIC QJ Breakers CQD Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 240V 480/277V 600/347V QJ2 QJH-2 QJ2-H HQJ2 10KAIC 22KAIC 42KAIC 65KAIC CQD 14KAIC — 10KAIC CQD-6 — 1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for circuit protection up to 240 volt circuits (UL) 2- & 3-pole up to 225A for circuit protection up to 240 voltcircuits (UL) Information General Data Accessories Information General Data Accessories Page 17/9–17/10 17/105–17/112 600/347V Circuit Breakers Page 17/11 17/105–17/112 1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 100A for circuit protection up to 600/347V (CSA) & 480/277V (UL) circuits Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Page 17/12 17/14 17/105–17/112 600V Circuit Breakers GG Breakers DG VL Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 480V 480V 480V NGG HGG LGG 25KAIC 14KAIC 35KAIC 14KAIC 65KAIC 14KAIC NDG HDG LDG 35KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 18KAIC 100KAIC 18KAIC NFG HFG LFG 35KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 20KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC 600/347V FG VL Breakers 600Y/347V 600V 1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for circuit protection up to 600/347 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 150A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 150A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information Breakers & Trip Units Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Page 17/13 17/14 17/105–17/112 Page 17/17–17/19 17/23 17/43–17/57 Page 17/20-17/22 17/23 17/43–17/57 17/1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600V Circuit Breakers JG VL Breakers LG VL Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 480V 480V 480V NJG HJG LJG 35KAIC 25KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC NLG HLG LLG 35KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 18KAIC 100KAIC 18KAIC NMG HMG LMG 35KAIC 25KAIC 65KAIC 35KAIC 100KAIC 50KAIC 600V MG VL Breakers 600V 600V 2- & 3-pole up to 400A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 600A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 800A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Page 17/24-17/26 17/30 17/43-17/57 Page 17/27-17/29 17/30 17/43-17/57 Page 17/31-17/33 17/39 17/43-17/57 600V Circuit Breakers VL Circuit Breakers: NG VL Breakers PG VL Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 480V 480V NNG HNG LNG 35KAIC 25KAIC 65KAIC 35KAIC 100KAIC 65KAIC NPG HPG LPG 35KAIC 25KAIC 65KAIC 35KAIC 100KAIC 65KAIC 600V 600V 2- & 3-pole up to 1200A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories 17/2 Page 17/34-17/36 17/39 17/43-17/57 Additional Information Contents Page Table of Contents 17/1–17/4 Catalog Numbering System 17/5-17/8 Trip Unit Overview 17/15-17/16 Molded Case Switch 17/40 Molded Case Protector 17/41 600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers 17/42 Accessory Locations 17/58 Suffix for Internal Accessories 17/59 Technical Data 17/60-17/61 Unusual Operating Conditions 17/62 Breaker Modifications 17/104 400 Hz Systems 17/115 Page 17/37-17/38 17/39 17/43-17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600V Circuit Breakers Sentron ED Breakers Sentron HED/CED Breakers Sentron FD Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 600V 480V 480V — — 18KAIC HED4 CED6 42KAIC 200KAIC 100KAIC - FD6 HFD6 HHFD6 CFD6 35KAIC 22KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC 200KAIC 100KAIC 240V 480V ED2 ED4 ED6 10KAIC— 65KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC 600/V 600V 1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) 2- & 3-pole up to 250A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Page 17/63 17/65 17/105-17/112 Page 17/64 17/65 17/105-17/112 Page 17/66-17/67 17/68 17/105-17/112 600V Circuit Breakers Sentron JD Breakers Sentron LD Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 240V 480V 600V 480V Sentron LMD Breakers Selection and ordering data 600V 480V 600/V LMD6 50KAIC 25KAIC HLMD6 65KAIC 50KAIC JD2 65KAIC — — JD6, SJD6-A 65KAIC 35KAIC 25KAIC HHJD6 200KAIC 100KAIC 50KAIC CJD6,SCJD6-A 200KAIC 150KAIC 100KAIC HJD6, SHJD6-A 100KAIC65KAIC 35KAIC LD6, SLD6-A HLD6, SHLD6-A HHLD6 CLD6, SCLD6-A 2- & 3-pole up to 400A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) 2- & 3-pole up to 600A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) 2- & 3-pole up to 800A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Page 17/69-17/71 17/72 17/105-17/112 35KAIC 25KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC 100KAIC 50KAIC 150KAIC 100KAIC Page 17/73-17/75 17/76 17/105-17/112 Page 17/77-17/78 17/79 17/105-17/112 17/3 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600V Circuit Breakers Sentron MD Breakers Sentron ND Breakers Sentron PD Breakers Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V MD, SMD6 HMD, SHMD6 CMD, SCMD6 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC 50KAIC 65KAIC ND, SND6 HND, SHND6 CND, SCND6 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC 50KAIC 65KAIC PD, SPD6 HPD, SHPD6 CPD 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC 50KAIC 65KAIC 2- & 3-pole up to 800A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) 2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) 2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories Page 17/80-17/82 17/86 17/105-17/112 Page 17/83-17/85 17/86 17/105-17/112 Page 17/87-17/88 17/90 17/105-17/112 600V Circuit Breakers Sentron Circuit Breakers: Additional Information Sentron RD Breakers Selection and ordering data 480V 600V RD HRD 50KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC 50KAIC 2- & 3-pole up to 2000A for circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA) Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories 17/4 Contents Table of Contents Catalog Numbering System ETI Motor Circuit Protector Adjustable Magnetic Trip Setting Molded Case Switch Internal Accessories–Combinations Sensitrip III Electronic Trip Breakers Electronic & Communication Accessories Lug Information Unusual Operating Conditions Breaker Modifications 400 Hz Systems Page 17/1–17/4 17/5–17/8 17/91–17/93 17/94–17/96 17/97 17/98–17/99 17/100 17/101–17/103 17/114 17/115 17/116 Page 17/89 17/90 17/105-17/112 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Molded Case Circuit Breakers Introduction Ordering In the FD through RD frames, you may order molded case circuit breakers three basic ways: b As separately ordered frames, trip units and lugs b As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as one catalog number and shipped unassembled or assembled b As Frame and Trip Unit shipped assembled and with the trip unit made non-removable, in compliance with UL 489 requirements that to be reverse fed the circuit breaker must not have an interchangeable trip unit. These two options are described in the following: Components Ordered Separately To get the components for a 3-pole, 400 Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker, you would order the frame (JD63F400), the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs (TA2J6500). This option is normally useful only if you stock and use large volumes of product and wish to reduce your inventory cost. You may stock, for example, a smaller number of frames (JD63F400) and a variety of trip units (JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and assemble breakers as you need them. Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs Ordered Together If you order the catalog number JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages. By suffixing this number with “L” (e.g. JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip unit and lugs assembled in one container. Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered thus will have the markings “LINE” and “LOAD”, and may not be “reverse fed” (with power flowing from the “OFF” end of the breaker toward the “ON” end). Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers If you place an “X” after the frame size designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will receive a frame and trip unit assembled, with the trip unit made non-removable. If you suffix an “L” to this catalog number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will receive the breaker, non-removable trip unit and lugs assembled. Unless you anticipate a specific need to change the breaker’s ampere rating in the future, this is the preferred ordering method, as the products are assembled to Siemens’ specifications in our factories. These breakers are suitable for use reverse fed according to UL 489, since the trip unit is not removable. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below) do not have removable trip units, and consequently are shipped only as assembled products. To add lugs, see the ordering instructions on each product’scatalog page. 500V DC Wiring Configuration Connecting Breakers for DC Application Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip MCCBs are applicable on direct current (dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc systems a two pole breaker is used, with one pole on each leg of the supply circuit. For three pole breakers applied on 500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is important to connect the power supply “zig-zag” through the breaker as shown in the figure below. This assures that the Voltage between phases on the breaker terminals is uniformly distributed. 17/5 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbering System Selection/Application Interrupting Class N—Normal H—High L —Very High C—Trip Unit Only Frame Family D — Type DG F — Type FG J — Type JG Breaker Type L — Type LG M — Type MG N — Type NG E — Global DG Frame Only 600 Y/347 V G — Global interchangeable (UL, IEC, CE, CSA, NOM, CCC) J — 240V rated JG frame, Non-interchangeable only K — Global, Non-interchangeable (DG, LG-frame) M — Motor Circuit Protector P — Motor Circuit Protector (DG Only) P — Type PG R— Molded Case Switch (DG, LG-frame) S — Molded Case Switch T — Trip Unit Only V — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40°C ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA (LG frame) W — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable (DG, LG-frame) X — Global Non-interchangeable Y — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable Number of Poles 2, 3 Trip Unit F — Frame only, without trip unit B — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40° C ambient L — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low instantaneous range J — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low instantaneous range (LG-frame) M — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard instantaneous range Y — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard instantaneous range (LG-frame) H — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High instantaneous range S — Molded Case Switch A — Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected) G — Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or return type ground fault protection) K — Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W (selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm) R — Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected) T — Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected) V — Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection W — Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection Continuous Current Rating For DG use 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150 For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400 For LG use 400, 500, 600 For MG use 600, 700, 800 For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A) Terminations B—Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs L —Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs X—No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow) Accessories Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations Suffix Description A1 — 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for A2 — 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG) alarm purposes, only one of these switches may A3 — 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) be used as there is only one space for an alarm. A3 — 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG) A4 — 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG) Shunt Trips RB — 24 VDC RM— 48-60 VAC RC — 48-60 VDC RN — 110-127 VAC RD— 110-127 VDC RS —208-277 VAC LCD = Liquid Crystal Display RE — 250 VDC RV —380-600 VAC LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions Under Voltage Releases LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions UA— 12 VDC UN— 110-127 VAC GF = Ground Fault UB— 24 VDC UP — 208 VAC 3P = 3-pole UC— 48 VDC UR — 220-250 VAC 4W = 4-wire UD— 110-127 VDC US — 277 VAC UE— 220-250 VDC UT — 380-415 VAC UG— 60 VDC UU— 440-480 VAC UK— 24 VAC Select Frames 17/6 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbering System Selection If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 15-digit catalog number. See the examples below for a detailed explanation. The 15 digit number is achieved by placing X’s in positions not being occupied by an accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories. Auxiliary Switch Example: HFG3B200L A2 XXXX Standard 9-digit Aux. Switch Completes Cat # Shunt Trip / UVR Example: HFG3B200L XX UN XX Standard 9-digit UVR Completes Cat # Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example: HFG3B200L A2 RN XX Standard 9-digit Aux. Switch Shunt Completes Trip Cat # Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example: HFX3B200L Standard 9-digit Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 17/7 General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbering System Selection/Application If used on 250A frame and above means non-interchangeable trip breaker with factory assembled frame and trip. Solid state trip and current limiting (S or C in first character) are non-interchangeable only, and the “X” is omitted. X D Trip Unit Type — Omitted – Thermal-Magnetic S — Sensitrip® Electronic Trip Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range — Omitted – Standard Rating H — High IC Rating HH— Extra High IC Rating C — Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting Frame Identifier E — Type ED F — Type FD J — Type JD L — Type LD LM — Type LMD M — N — P — R — Type Type Type Type MD ND PD RD Maximum Voltage 2 — 240 Vac 4 — 480 Vac 6 — 600 Vac Number of Poles 1 2 3 9 used to indicate the max. functions for an electronic trip circuit breaker (always 3 poles) (Specific Application Type) B — Standard 40°C Breaker M— Calibrated for 50°C Application F — Frame Only T — 40°C Trip Unit Only W— 50°C Trip Unit Only S — Molded Case Switch L — Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker A — Standard Range ETI Breaker H — High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker Maximum Continuous Current Rating ED Frame — 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125 FD Frame — 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 JD Frame — 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 LD Frame — 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 LMD Frame— 500, 600, 700, 800 MD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800 ND Frame — 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) PD Frame — 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A) RD Frame — 160 (1600A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A) Suffix L — where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed A— used with a switch to show automatic self protection Y— 400 Hertz H— 100% rated P — Load side lugs only NOTE: — Position omitted if not used. 17/8 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE Selection All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix “L” to catalog number. Consult Siemens for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40°C maximum ambient application. Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C Type BQ Type BQH Type HBQ 10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 1-Pole (120V AC)e 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 BQ1B015d BQ1B020d BQ1B025 BQ1B030 BQ1B035n BQ1B040 BQ1B045n BQ1B050 BQ1B060n BQ1B070n 2-Pole (Common-Trip 120/240V 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 BQ2B015 BQ2B020 BQ2B025 BQ2B030 BQ2B035 BQ2B040 BQ2B045 BQ2B050 BQ2B060 BQ2B070 BQ2B080 BQ2B090 BQ2B100 BQ2B110 BQ2B125 2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 BQ2H015 BQ2H020 BQ2H030 BQ2H040n BQ2H050 BQ2H060 BQ2H070n BQ2H080n BQ2H090n BQ2H100n BQ1B015Hd BQ1B020Hd BQ1B025Hn BQ1B030H BQ1B035Hn BQ1B040H BQ1B045Hn BQ1B050H BQ1B060Hn BQ1B070Hn AC)f BQ2B015H BQ2B020H BQ2B025Hn BQ2B030H BQ2B035Hn BQ2B040H BQ2B045Hn BQ2B050H BQ2B060H BQ2B070Hn BQ2B080Hn BQ2B090Hn BQ2B100H BQ2B110H BQ2B125H AC)cf HB1B015nd HB1B020nd HB1B025n HB1B030n HB1B035n HB1B040n HB1B045n HB1B050n HB1B060n HB1B070n 1-Pole HB2B015n HB2B020n HB2B025n HB2B030n HB2B035n HB2B040n HB2B045n HB2B050n HB2B060n HB2B070n HB2B080 HB2B090n HB2B100 HB2B110n HB2B125 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — BQ3B015H BQ3B020H BQ3B025Hn BQ3B030H BQ3B035H BQ3B040H BQ3B045H BQ3B050H BQ3B060H BQ3B070H BQ3B080Hn BQ3B090Hn BQ3B100H HB3B015n HB3B020n HB3B025 HB3B030 HB3B035 HB3B040 HB3B045 HB3B050 HB3B060 HB3B070n HB3B080n HB3B090n HB3B100 2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC)g 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 BQ3B015 BQ3B020 BQ3B025n BQ3B030 BQ3B035n BQ3B040 BQ3B045n BQ3B050 BQ3B060 BQ3B070 BQ3B080 BQ3B090 BQ3B100 BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories Description 120V Shunt Trip 24V Shunt Trip 120V Auxiliary Switch Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed add suffix...00S01n Factory add suffix...00S07n Factory add suffix...01nb Factory n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery a UL Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b 1A c UL Factory Modifications Description Catalog Number Line Side Lugs add suffix...L Quick Connect Lug add suffix...QX 400Hz Calibration add suffix...Y h Marine 50˚ C Ambient add suffix...M Calibration Fungus Proofing add suffix...F For external accessories, please refer to page 17/106 and 1B contacts. Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems — 10,000 for this application. d UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. Product Category: MCCB e Shipped 12 per sleeve. f Shipped 6 per sleeve. g Shipped 4 per sleeve. h UL Listed 5KA IR. 17/9 General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers Selection/Dimensions Breaker Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number Load Side Connector 1-Pole DIN Rail (120V AC) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 BQXD 1-Pole 120V DIN Rail Interrupting Ratings (KA) (RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC BQ1B010QLD BQ1B015QLD BQ1B020QLD BQ1B025QLD BQ1B030QLD BQ1B035QLD BQ1B040QLD BQ1B045QLD BQ1B050QLD BQ1B060QLD BQ1B010QXD BQ1B015QXD BQ1B020QXD BQ1B025QXD BQ1B030QXD BQ1B035QXD BQ1B040QXD BQ1B045QXD BQ1B050QXD BQ1B060QXD 120 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TA1Q1 TA1Q1 TA1Q1 Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect 120/240 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 BQ1B015QLD BQ2B015QLD BQ1B015QXD BQ2B015QXD 2-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 BQXD 2-Pole 120/240V DIN Rail BQ2B010QLD BQ2B015QLD BQ2B020QLD BQ2B025QLD BQ2B030QLD BQ2B035QLD BQ2B040QLD BQ2B045QLD BQ2B050QLD BQ2B060QLD BQ2B010QXD BQ2B015QXD BQ2B020QXD BQ2B025QXD BQ2B030QXD BQ2B035QXD BQ2B040QXD BQ2B045QXD BQ2B050QXD BQ2B060QXD TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TC1Q1 TA1Q1 TA1Q1 TA1Q1 Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect Quick-Connect 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Lugs-For Use with BQ, BQH, HBQ Circuit Breaker Amp. Rtg. Line Side 10–40 45–125 Load Side 10 15–20 25–35 40–50 55–70 80–100 110–125 Cab. Per Lug Lug Wire Range AWG 1 1 1 1 #16–#6 Cu #12–#6 Al #8–#1 Cu #6–#1/0 Al 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 #16 Cu #14–#10 Cu #12–#10 Al #14–#6 Cu #12–#10 Al #8–#6 Cu #8–#4 Al #8–#4 Cu #8–#2 Al #4–#1/0 Cu #2–#1/0 Al #2–#1/0 Cu #1/0–#2/0 Al Catalog Number TC1Q1 a b TA1Q1 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps, UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps and above, HACR rated. 17/10 Protects against accidental contact with lugs–1 per lug. Fits line and load end. Catalog Number Qty BQFS2 2 BQFS1K 1000 Enclosures Connectors are Supplied with Circuit Breaker For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a UL Finger Safe Terminal Shield Type Catalog Number d 1 EB3100S c 3R WB3100 bConnector Product Category: MCCB Dimensions (inches) L D1 D2 BQ, BQH BQ, BQH HBQ BQXD 33⁄4 4 4 41⁄2 23⁄8 23⁄8 23⁄8 23⁄8 3 3 3 3 15–50 55–125 15–125 15–60 has steel construction. mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required, replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”. Neutral included in enclosure. Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt trips or auxiliary switches installed. cSurface Breaker Type Amperes Type BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on line side of circuit breaker. For external accessories, please refer to pages 17/106, 17/108 to 17/113 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog • Revised • 10/18/15 General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers QJ 225A Frame Selection/Dimensions Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 2-Pole 240V AC Catalog Number 3-Pole 240V AC Catalog Number 100 QR22B100 QR23B100 125 QR22B125 QR23B125 150 QR22B150 QR23B150 175 QR22B175 QR23B175 200 QR22B200 QR23B200 225 QR22B225 QR23B225 250 QR22B250 QR23B250 100 QRH22B100n QRH23B100 125 QRH22B125 QRH23B125 150 QRH22B150 QRH23B150 175 QRH22B175n QRH23B175 200 QRH22B200 QRH23B200 225 QRH22B225 QRH23B225 250 QRH22B250 QRH23B250 Type Type Ordering Information Load side 3TA1QR300 lugs are mounted and included when circuit breaker is ordered. For line and load lugs (3TA1QR300) installed at no additional charge, add suffix “L” to catalog number. QR2b 50°C Calibration - See page 7-91. 400HZ. - See page 7-91. Shipping Weights QRH2b Number of Poles Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs.) 2 1 3 3 1 4 Lugs For 75°C Wire a Type HQR2b Catalog Number Lug Lug Body Wire Range 3TA1QR300 Al 3TA1QR250 Cu #3 - 1/0 Al/Cu 2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil #3 - 1/0 Cu ONLY 2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY Enclosures (Neutral Included) 100 HQR22B100n HQR23B100 125 HQR22B125 HQR23B125 150 HQR22B150 HQR23B150 175 HQR22B175n HQR23B175 200 HQR22B200 HQR23B200 225 HQR22B225 HQR23B225 250 HQR22B250 HQR23B250 100 HQR22B100H HQR23B100Hs 125 HQR22B125H HQR23B125Hs 150 HQR22B150H HQR23B150Hs Breaker Type 175 HQR22B175H HQR23B175Hs QR2 10 200 HQR22B200H HQR23B200Hs QRH2 25 225 HQR22B225H HQR23B225Hs HQR2 65 250 HQR22B250H HQR22B250Hs HQR2H 100 Type HQR2Hb Type Catalog Number 1 QR2N1 3R QR2N3R3 12 QR2N12 4X QR2N4X 4X316 QR2N4X316 UL 489 Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 Internal Accessories Add suffix to catalog number. 2A and 2B Shunt Trip and 1A and 1B Auxiliary Switch Suffix Suffix Suffix A01n A02n 01S01n A02n 01S07n Shunt Trip 1A and 1B AC DC Suffix 120/240 48 00S01n 24 00S07n A01n 7’’ 3’’ 2-pole 2.5 D 3’’ Auxiliary Switches Control Voltage 4.5’’ 3-pole n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Note: A page 17/42. Note: QJ breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. a See Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b HACR rated. accessories are not available on 2-pole QJ breakers. c Internal Product Category: MCCB For external accessories, please refer to pages 17/108 to 17/113 17/11 General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers CQD 100A Frame Selection/Dimensions Shipping Weights Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mountc Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 160 170 180 190 100 1-Pole 277V AC 125V DC Catalog Number CQD115 ab CQD120 ab CQD125 b CQD130 b CQD135bn CQD140bn CQD145bn CQD150bn CQD160n CQD170n CQD180n CQD190n CQD1100n 2-Pole 480Y/277V AC 125/250V DC Catalog Number CQD215b CQD220b CQD225b CQD230b CQD235bn CQD240b CQD245bn CQD250b CQD260 CQD270 CQD280 CQD290n CQD2100 3-Pole Number of Poles Number per Carton Shipping Weight lbs. (kg) 480Y/277V AC Catalog Number CQD315b CQD320b CQD325b CQD330b CQD335b CQD340b CQD345bn CQD350b CQD360 CQD370 CQD380 CQD390 CQD3100 1 2 3 1 1 1 0.5 (0) 1.0 (0) 1.5 (1) Lugs For 60/75°C Wire Amps Wire Size 15–40 #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al 45–100 #8–#1 AWG Cu #6–#1/0 AWG Al Type CQD6 (Cable In - Cable Out) CSA Certified, not UL Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 160 170 1-Pole 347V AC 125V DC Catalog Number — CQD6120 bn CQD6125 bn CQD6130 bn CQD6135n CQD6140n CQD6145n CQD6150n CQD6160n CQD6170n 2-Pole 600Y/347V AC 125/250V DC Catalog Number CQD6215n CQD6220n CQD6225n CQD6230n CQD6235n CQD6240n CQD6245n CQD6250n CQD6260n CQD6270n 3-Pole 600Y/347V AC Catalog Number CQD6315n CQD6320n CQD6325n CQD6330n CQD6335n CQD6340n CQD6345n CQD6350n CQD6360n — CQD, CQD6 Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Breaker Type Number of Poles Volts AC (50/60 Hz) CQD (UL) CQD6 (CSA) Volts DC 120 240 277 480/277 600/347 125 125/250 1 2 3 65 — — — 65 65 14 — — — 14 14 — — — 14 — — — 14 — 1 2 3 65 — — — 65 65 14 — — — — — 10 10 10 14 — — — 14 — CQD, CQD6 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a SWD rated. Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. 17/12 b HID rated. rated. c HACR Accessories pages 17/14 and 17/108 to 17/113 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers GG 125A Frame Selection/Dimensions GG 125A Frame (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 1-Pole 110 125 2-Pole 3-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NGG1B015La b NGG1B020La b NGG1B025Lb NGG1B030Lb NGG1B035Lb NGG1B040Lb NGG1B045Lb NGG1B050Lb NGG1B060L NGG1B070L NGG1B080L NGG1B090L NGG1B100L NGG2B015Lb NGG2B020Lb NGG2B025Lb NGG2B030Lb NGG2B035Lb NGG2B040Lb NGG2B045Lb NGG2B050Lb NGG2B060L NGG2B070L NGG2B080L NGG2B090L NGG2B100L NGG3B015Lb NGG3B020Lb NGG3B025Lb NGG3B030Lb NGG3B035Lb NGG3B040Lb NGG3B045Lb NGG3B050Lb NGG3B060L NGG3B070L NGG3B080L NGG3B090L NGG3B100L NGG1B110L NGG1B125L NGG2B110L NGG2B125L NGG3B110L NGG3B125L GG 2.9 5.4 Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the “L” suffix. HACR rated. Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting. Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out) 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number HGG1B015Lb HGG1B020Lb HGG1B025Lb HGG1B030Lb HGG1B035Lb HGG1B040Lb HGG1B045Lb HGG1B050Lb HGG1B060L HGG1B070L HGG1B080L HGG1B090L HGG1B100L HGG1B110L HGG1B125L HGG2B015Lb HGG2B020Lb HGG2B025Lb HGG2B030Lb HGG2B035Lb HGG2B040Lb HGG2B045Lb HGG2B050Lb HGG2B060L HGG2B070L HGG2B080L HGG2B090L HGG2B100L HGG2B110L HGG2B125L HGG3B015Lb HGG3B020Lb HGG3B025Lb HGG3B030Lb HGG3B035Lb HGG3B040Lb HGG3B045Lb HGG3B050Lb HGG3B060L HGG3B070L HGG3B080L HGG3B090L HGG3B100L HGG3B110L HGG3B125L Shipping Weights GG Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number LGG1B015Lb LGG1B020Lb LGG1B025Lb LGG1B030Lb LGG1B035Lb LGG1B040Lb LGG1B045Lb LGG1B050Lb LGG1B060L LGG1B070L LGG1B080L LGG1B090L LGG1B100L LGG1B110L LGG1B125L LGG2B015Lb LGG2B020Lb LGG2B025Lb LGG2B030Lb LGG2B035Lb LGG2B040Lb LGG2B045Lb LGG2B050Lb LGG2B060L LGG2B070L LGG2B080L LGG2B090L LGG2B100L LGG2B110L LGG2B125L LGG3B015Lb LGG3B020Lb LGG3B025Lb LGG3B030Lb LGG3B035Lb LGG3B040Lb LGG3B045Lb LGG3B050Lb LGG3B060L LGG3B070L LGG3B080L LGG3B090L LGG3B100L LGG3B110L LGG3B125L 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Lugs For 60/75°C Wire Number of Poles Number per Carton Shipping Weight lbs. (kg) 1 2 3 1 1 1 .75 (0.34) 1.3 (0.59) 2.0 (0.98) NGG Ampere Rating Wire Size Catalog Number 15–30A #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al TC1Q1 (qty. 1) 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3) 35–125A #8–1/0 AWG Cu #8–2/0 AWG Al 3TC1GG20 (qty. 3) 15–125A Nut Keeper plate w/ screw (for crimp terminals) TNKG3 (qty. 3) Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes kA) Breaker Type NGG HGG LGG Poles 1 2,3 1 2,3 1 2,3 UL489 Volts AC 120 65 — 65 — 65 — 240 277 — 65 — 65 — 65 347 25 — 35 — 65 — 480 14 — 14 — 14 — — 25 — 35 — 65 600Y/347 — 14 — 14 — 14 Volts DC 125 14 — 14 — 14 — For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. a SWD rated. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b HID rated at 15-50A 1-pole @ 277 VAC; 2 & 3-pole @ 480 VAC Product Category: MCCB 125/250 — 14 — 14 — 14 IEC 60947-2 (Ics = 50%Icu) Volts AC Volts DC 240 415 125/250 25 65 14 — — 14 — — 14 Accessories pages 17/14 and 17/108 to 17/113 17/13 General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers Accessoriesa Selection Shunt Trip Control Voltage V AC 120 240 277 480 600 V DC — — — — — — — — — 012 024 048 125 BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB Catalog Number CQDST120 CQDST240s CQDST277s CQDST480s CQDST600 CQDST12 CQDST24 CQDST48 CQDST125 Auxiliary Switch Maximum Voltage BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB Catalog Number AC DC Number of Contacts 240 125 1A–1B CQDA1 240 125 2A–2B CQDA2 CQD with Accessory Installed Alarm Switch Maximum Voltage AC DC 240 125 BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB Catalog Number CQDBA Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combinations Shunt Trip Voltage AC 24 120 240 277 480 600 — — — DC — — — — — — BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB Catalog Number — 12 24 CQDST24AASs CQDST120AASs CQDST240AASs CQDST277AASs CQDST480AASs CQDST600AASs CQDST12DASs CQDST24DASs 48 CQDST48DASs 125 CQDST125DASs Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker Catalog Number BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB and LGB CQDA1BAs s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aAdds 1-pole space for accessory. 17/14 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Trip Unit Overview Selection The interchangeability of the VL circuit breaker trip units allow for easy conversion from any of 3 types of protection. They are thermal-magnetic, electronic, or electronic with a built-in LCD. The thermal-magnetic trip unit features an adjustable magnetic trip setting. The electronic trip units are microprocessor based true RMS sensing devices and are available with a variety of adjustable trip settings, configurations, and infor- mation menus. With precise control over the circuit beaker functions and access to system status, diagnostics, and information, these trip units allow for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit coordination. An example of coordination is the out of the box Ground Fault function on the Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and time delay settings are set at the factory for each frame and do not overlap with the settings on the other frames. Therefore, when VL breakers are used together in a system the GF protection is automatically coordinated. The user also has the ability to program a custom coordination scheme with adjustable settings on both the 555 and 586 trip units. VL Trip Units Trip Unit Functions Model 525 Thermalmagnetic Continuous Current Setting (Ir) Long Time Delay (tr) Instantaneous Function Instantaneous Pickup (Ii) Short Time Function Short Time Pick-up (Isd) Short Time Delay (tsd) Ground Fault Pick-up (Ig) Ground Fault Delay (tg) Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up Ground Fault Alarm Delay Alarm & Status Indicator Built-in Display (LCD) Pre-Trip Alarma Last Trip Information Zone Selectivea Communicationsa Fixed h l u h h h h h h h h h h h h h Model 555 Electronic LI u u l u h h h h h h h l h l la l l Electronic LIG u u l u h h h u u h h l h l la l l Electronic LSI u u l u l u u h h h h l h l la l l Model 586 Electronic LSIG u u l u l u u u u h h l h l la l l Electronic with LCD LSI Electronic with LCD LSIG Electronic with LCD LSI + G alarm only u u u u u u (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) u u u (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) u u h h h h l l l l l l u u u u u u l l l l l l u u h h u u l l l l l l u Adjustable setting l This feature is included h Feature is not included. a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system. Continuous Amps Rating (Ir) This setting is the continuous current that the breaker will carry without tripping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip unit’s nominal rating (In). Long Time Delay (tr) Sometimes referred to as the “overload” position, this function controls the breaker‘s “pause-in-tripping” time. It allows low level, temporary inrush currents such as those encountered when starting a motor to pass without tripping. The time delay begins when the current reaches 6 x Ir. Instantaneous Pick-up (Ii) This function sets the breaker to trip instantaneously during high fault conditions. This function may be turned off on Model 586 trip units. Turning this function off will enable an instantaneous trip Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog override function to ensure self protection of circuit breaker. Short Time Pick-Up (lsd) This function controls the level of fault current the breaker will carry for a short time without tripping, thus allowing downstream devices to clear short circuits ahead of up-stream protection. It may be defeated (turned-off) on Model 586 trip units. Short Time Delay (tsd) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed against a fault (at the Short Time Pick-up current level) without tripping. The time delay may be set at fixed points or at short time intervals based on l2t curves. This function is used with the Short Time Pick-up to achieve selectivity and better system coordination. Ground Fault Pick-Up (Ig) This setting controls the level of ground fault current that will cause the breaker to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units act on the residual current to sense ground current. The Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit is programmable and allows the user to select either the residual current method or direct detection (via a separate current transformer) to detect ground current. Ground Fault Time Delay (tg) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed after a ground fault is detected (at the Ground Fault Pick-up current level) without tripping. 17/15 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers General Information Selection Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A. Electronic Trip Units Electronic trip units are available through the VL family, from 60A (which can be set as low as 30A) up through 1600A. They are also available in four trip configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and features can include a built-in LCD display. On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a flashing LED confirms that the microprocessor is in operating and another indicates an overload condition. For ease-of-use and to insure proper coordination, the set points for the continuous current are shown on the face of these trip units in amps. On the Model 586, the LCD version, the current in each phase is continuously shown on the display. Unlike many displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage is required as long as the breaker is energized and a minimal load current is present. These trip units can also indicate the “last trip” status (date, time, amps) when they‘re connected to a PC via one of our communications modules. Without being connected via a communication module, the last trip status can be viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time stamp). Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit with LSIG trip functions Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit has an LCD display 17/16 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers DG 150A Frame, VL Series Selection Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic with LCD only. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Interrupting Class Breaker Type N H L NDGB HDGB LDGB UL 489 IEC 60947-2 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 100 200 480 600Y /347 35 65 100 18 18 18 250 500 30 30 30 18 18 18 Dimensions, inches (mm) 220/240 380/415 ICU ICU ICS 65 100 200 65 75 150 40 70 100 690 ICS ICU 40 70 75 12 12 12 Connectors for 75°C Wire Ampere Construction Rating 30-150 Steel Aluminum 30-150 30-150 Copper Distribution Lugs 30-150 30-150 Compression Lugs 30-150 30-150 Wire Range #8–1/0 Cu #6–3/0 Al/Cu #6–3/0 Cu No. of cables per connector 1 1 1 Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 ICS 6 6 6 2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2(107) Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Catalog Number 3TW1DG20b 3TA1DG30 3TC1DG30b #14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max) #14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 3 6 3TA3DG02b 3TA6DG04b #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – – 2CLD20c 3CLD20b Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, 3 3.7 (1.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 5.9 (2.7) Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. d Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity a b c DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 50 450 600 60 450 600 70 450 700 80 450 800 90 500 1000 100 500 1000 110 550 1100 125 625 1250 150 800 1600 External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/17 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Ii 1120 960 800 Type / Tipo CDT3 I n =150A AMPS 40? C 1280 TM ~ 1440 1600 TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Cat. No. - CDT3B150 Model 525 Trip Unit DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NDK2B050L NDK2B060L NDK2B070L NDK2B080L NDK2B090L NDK2B100L NDK2B110L NDK2B125L NDK2B150L HDK2B050L HDK2B060L HDK2B070L HDK2B080L HDK2B090L HDK2B100L HDK2B110L HDK2B125L HDK2B150L LDK2B050L LDK2B060L LDK2B070L LDK2B080L LDK2B090L LDK2B100L LDK2B110L LDK2B125L LDK2B150L DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NDK3B050L NDK3B060L NDK3B070L NDK3B080L NDK3B090L NDK3B100L NDK3B110L NDK3B125L NDK3B150L HDK3B050L HDK3B060L HDK3B070L HDK3B080L HDK3B090L HDK3B100L HDK3B110L HDK3B125L HDK3B150L LDK3B050L LDK3B060L LDK3B070L LDK3B080L LDK3B090L LDK3B100L LDK3B110L LDK3B125L LDK3B150L A - Consult with Siemens for availability. 17/18 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers DG 150A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 60 100 150 NDK3R060L NDK3R100L NDK3R150L 60 100 150 NDK3T060L NDK3T100L NDK3T150L 60 100 150 NDK3V060L NDK3V100L NDK3V150L 60 100 150 NDK3W060L NDK3W100L NDK3W150L ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HDK3R060L HDK3R100L HDK3R150L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HDK3T060L HDK3T100L HDK3T150L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HDK3V060L HDK3V100L HDK3V150L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HDK3W060L HDK3W100L HDK3W150L LDK3R060L LDK3R100L LDK3R150L LDK3T060L LDK3T100L LDK3T150L LDK3V060L LDK3V100L LDK3V150L LDK3W060L LDK3W100L LDK3W150L Model 586 Trip Unit DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit a COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating 60 100 150 60 100 150 60 100 150 a N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP NDK3A060L HDK3A060L NDK3A100L HDK3A100L NDK3A150L HDK3A150L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP NDK3G060L HDK3G060L NDK3G100L HDK3G100L NDK3G150L HDK3G150L LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY NDK3K060L HDK3K060L NDK3K100L HDK3K100L NDK3K150L HDK3K150L LDK3A060L LDK3A100L LDK3A150L LDK3G060L LDK3G100L LDK3G150L LDK3K060L LDK3K100L LDK3K150L ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the D left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/19 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers FG 250A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Dimensions, inches (mm) RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC 60947-2 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Breaker 220/240 380/415 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS Type 240 480 600 250 NFG 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 HFG 100 65 20 30 25 100 75 70 70 LFG 200 100 25 30 30 200 150 100 75 Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 Connectors for 75°C Wire Ampere Construction Rating 50-250 Steel 50-250 Aluminum Copper 50-250 Distribution Lugs Wire Range #4–350 kcmil Cu #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu #4–350 kcmil Cu No. of cables per connector 1 1 1 Catalog Number 3TW1FG350 3TAW1FG350 3TCW1FG350 #12–2/0 Cu #14–#4 Cu 3 6 3TA3FG20 3TA6FG04 50-250 50-250 ICU 12 12 12 690 ICS 6 6 6 2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, 3 4.0 (1.8) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 6.2 (2.8) 2-pole FG breakers are rated 600Y/347. connector supplied with complete breakers. consists of 3 terminal connectors. 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers. Standard Kit FG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 625 800 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2000 2500 2500 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. External Accessories pages 17/43 to 17/57 17/20 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Ii Type / Tipo CFT3 I n =250A AMPS 1750 1500 1250 40? C 2000 TM ~ 2250 2500 TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Cat. No. - CFT3B250 Model 525 Trip Unit FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER Continuous Ampere Rating 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NFK2B100L NFK2B110L NFK2B125L NFK2B150L NFK2B175L NFK2B200L NFK2B225L NFK2B250L HFK2B100L HFK2B110L HFK2B125L HFK2B150L HFK2B175L HFK2B200L HFK2B225L HFK2B250L LFK2B100L LFK2B110L LFK2B125L LFK2B150L LFK2B175L LFK2B200L LFK2B225L LFK2B250L FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 100 NFG3B100L HFG3B100L LFG3B100L CFT3B100 110 NFG3B110L HFG3B110L LFG3B110L CFT3B110 125 NFG3B125L HFG3B125L LFG3B125L CFT3B125 150 NFG3B150L HFG3B150L LFG3B150L CFT3B150 175 NFG3B175L HFG3B175L LFG3B175L CFT3B175 200 NFG3B200L HFG3B200L LFG3B200L CFT3B200 225 NFG3B225L HFG3B225L LFG3B225L CFT3B225 250 NFG3B250L HFG3B250L LFG3B250L CFT3B250 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 17/21 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers FG 250A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unita N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 100 150 250 NFG3R100L NFG3R150L NFG3R250L 100 150 250 NFG3T100L NFG3T150L NFG3T250L 100 150 250 NFG3V100L NFG3V150L NFG3V250L 100 150 250 NFG3W100L NFG3W150L NFG3W250L ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HFG3R100L HFG3R150L HFG3R250L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HFG3T100L HFG3T150L HFG3T250L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HFG3V100L HFG3V150L HFG3V250L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HFG3W100L HFG3W150L HFG3W250L TRIP UNIT ONLY LFG3R100L LFG3R150L LFG3R250L CFT3R100 CFT3R150 CFT3R250 LFG3T100L LFG3T150L LFG3T250L CFT3T100 CFT3T150 CFT3T250 LFG3V100L LFG3V150L LFG3V250L CFT3V100 CFT3V150 CFT3V250 LFG3W100L LFG3W150L LFG3W250L CFT3W100 CFT3W150 CFT3W250 Model 586 Trip Unit FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unita N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 100 150 250 NFG3A100L NFG3A150L NFG3A250L 100 150 250 NFG3G100L NFG3G150L NFG3G250L 100 150 250 NFG3K100L NFG3K150L NFG3K250L LCD a H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HFG3A100L LFG3A100L HFG3A150L LFG3A150L HFG3A250L LFG3A250L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HFG3G100L LFG3G100L HFG3G150L LFG3G150L HFG3G250L LFG3G250L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HFG3K100L LFG3K100L HFG3K150L LFG3K150L HFG3K250L LFG3K250L TRIP UNIT ONLY CFT3A100 CFT3A150 CFT3A250 CFT3G100 CFT3G150 CFT3G250 CFT3K100 CFT3K150 CFT3K250 ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the D left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. 17/22 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description 1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/Bc Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number Left, Rightb ASKL1 Left, Right ASKL2 Left, Rightb ASKL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Mounting Pocket Left, Right Left Pocket Only Right Pocket Only Catalog Number AMBL1 AMBL2 AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) Catalog Number ASWPA ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC 48-60 VDC 110-127 VDC 220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only 48-60 VAC 110-127 VAC 208-277 VAC 380-600 VAC Catalog Number STRLB24DC STRLC60DC STRLD125DC STRLE250DC STRLM60 STRLN120 STRLS277 STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 12 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC 60 VDC 110-127 VDC 220-250 VDC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only 110-127 VAC 220-240 VAC 208 VAC 277 VAC 380-415 VAC 440-480 VAC Catalog Number UVRLA12DC UVRLB24DC UVRLC48DC UVRLG60DC UVRLD125DC UVRLE250DC UVRLL24 UVRLN120 UVRLR240 UVRLP208 UVRLS277 UVRLT415 UVRLU480 efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for R accessory combinations. These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. ‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). a b Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 17/23 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers JG 400A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers. For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 60947-2 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Interrupting Class Breaker Type 220/240 380/415 690 240 480 600 250 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N H L NJGA HJGA LJGA 65 100 200 35 65 100 25 25 25 30 30 30 25 35 35 65 100 200 65 75 150 45 70 100 45 70 75 12 15 15 6 8 8 Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, 3 9.3 (4.2) 4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 12.6 (5.7) Connectors for 75°C Wire Ampere Construction Rating 70-400 Steel Aluminum 70-400 Aluminum 70-400 Aluminum 70-400 Copper 70-400 Copper 70-400 Distribution Lugs Wire Range 1/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu 250–750 kcmil Al 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–250 kcmil Cu No. of cables per connector 1 2 1 1 1 2 70-400 70-400 Compression Lugs 70-400 70-400 70-400 #14–4 Cu #14–2/0 Al/Cu 12 6 #6–350 kcmil 250-600 kcmil 250-750 kcmil — — — Catalog Number 3TW1JG600b 3TA2JG250ab 3TA1JG750b 3TA1JG750b TC1JG750 TC2JG250 3TA12JG04b 3TA6JG20b 3CLJ350b 3CLJ600b 3CLJ750b aStandard construction supplied for each breaker. consists of 3 terminal connectors. for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. bKit cRequired JG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 250 1250 2500 300 1500 3000 350 400 1750 2000 3500 4000 External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. 17/24 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Model 525 Trip Unit JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NJG2B250L NJG2B300L NJG2B350L NJG2B400L 250 300 350 400 HJG2B250L HJG2B300L HJG2B350L HJG2B400L LJG2B250L LJG2B300L LJG2B350L LJG2B400L TRIP UNIT ONLY CJT2B250 CJT2B300 CJT2B350 CJT2B400 JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NJG3B250L NJG3B300L NJG3B350L NJG3B400L 250 300 350 400 HJG3B250L HJG3B300L HJG3B350L HJG3B400L LJG3B250L LJG3B300L LJG3B350L LJG3B400L TRIP UNIT ONLY CJT3B250 CJT3B300 CJT3B350 CJT3B400 JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Continuous Catalog Number Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER 250 300 350 400 NJJ2B250 NJJ2B300 NJJ2B350 NJJ2B400 JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Continuous Catalog Number Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER 250 300 350 400 NJJ3B250 NJJ3B300 NJJ3B350 NJJ3B400 Terminal connectors must be ordered separately. Breaker Type NJJA. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/25 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers JG 400A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 250 400 NJG3R250L NJG3R400L 250 400 NJG3T250L NJG3T400L 250 400 NJG3V250L NJG3V400L 250 400 NJG3W250L NJG3W400L ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HJG3R250L HJG3R400L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HJG3T250L HJG3T400L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HJG3V250L HJG3V400L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HJG3W250L HJG3W400L TRIP UNIT ONLY LJG3R250L LJG3R400L CJT3R250 CJT3R400 LJG3T250L LJG3T400L CJT3T250 CJT3T400 LJG3V250L LJG3V400L CJT3V250 CJT3V400 LJG3W250L LJG3W400L CJT3W250 CJT3W400 Model 586 Trip Unit JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NJG3F400 250 400 NJG3A250L NJG3A400L 250 400 NJG3G250L NJG3G400L 250 400 NJG3K250L NJG3K400L LCD 17/26 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HJG3A250L LJG3A250L HJG3A400L LJG3A400L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HJG3G250L LJG3G250L HJG3G400L LJG3G400L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HJG3K250L LJG3K250L HJG3K400L LJG3K400L Product Category: MCCB TRIP UNIT ONLY CJT3A250 CJT3A400 CJT3G250 CJT3G400 CJT3K250 CJT3K400 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers LG 600A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each breaker. For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to “W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only). HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) IEC 60947-2 Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/240 380/415 690 600 250 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS 18 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6 18 30 35 100 75 70 70 15 8 18 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8 UL 489 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Interrupting Class N H L Breaker Type NLGB HLGB LLGB 240 65 100 200 480 35 65 100 Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) Ext. Shield 13.6 (345.5) Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see page 17/28. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Connectors for 75°C Wire Ampere Construction Rating 150-600 Aluminum Aluminum 150-600 Copper 150-600 Copper 150-600 Compression Lugs 150-600 150-600 150-600 Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker Wire Range #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu #2–600 kcmil Cu #2–600 kcmil Cu No. of cables per connector 2 (load side) 2 (line side) 2 (load side) 2 (line side) Catalog Number 3TA2LG600LD 3TA2LG600LN 3TC2LG600LD 3TC2LG600LN #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu 250-750 kcmil Al/Cu 250-600 kcmil Al/Cu — — — 6CLL350 3CLL750 6CLL600 2, 3 17.4 (7.9) 3.5 (1.6) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5) Standard construction supplied for each breaker. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end. Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. LG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 400 500 600 2000 2500 2750 4000 5000 5500 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/27 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Model 525 Trip Unit LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Continuous Ampere Rating 400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NLK2B400L HLK2B400L LLK2B400L 500 NLK2B500L HLK2B500L LLK2B500L 600 NLK2B600L HLK2B600L LLK2B600L LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Continuous Ampere Rating 400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NLK3B400L HLK3B400L LLK3B400L 500 NLK3B500L HLK3B500L LLK3B500L 600 NLK3B600L HLK3B600L LLK3B600L LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Continuous Ampere Rating 400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER — HLV2B400L — 500 — HLV2B500L — 600 — HLV2B600L — LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Continuous Ampere Rating 400 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER — HLV3B400L — 500 — HLV3B500L — 600 — HLV3B600L — For 100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third character of the catalog number to “Z”. 17/28 Consult sales office for availability. Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Circuit Breakers LG 600A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Unit LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 400 600 NLK3R400L NLK3R600L 400 600 NLK3T400L NLK3T600L 400 600 NLK3V400L NLK3V600L 400 600 NLK3W400L NLK3W600L HLK3R400L HLK3R600L LLK3R400L LLK3R600L HLK3T400L HLK3T600L LLK3T400L LLK3T600L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HLK3V400L HLK3V600L LLK3V400L LLK3V600L HLK3W400L HLK3W600L LLK3W400L LLK3W600L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP Model 586 Trip Unit LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Continuous Ampere Rating N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 400 600 NLK3A400L NLK3A600L 400 600 NLK3G400L NLK3G600L 400 600 NLK3K400L NLK3K600L HLK3A400L HLK3A600L LLK3A400L LLK3A600L HLK3G400L HLK3G600L LLK3G400L LLK3G600L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog HLK3K400L HLK3K600L LLK3K400L LLK3K600L 17/29 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description 1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/Bc Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number Left, Rightb ASKL1 Left, Right ASKL2 Left, Rightb ASKL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Mounting Pocket Left, Right Left Pocket Only Right Pocket Only Catalog Number AMBL1 AMBL2 AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames Description 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) Catalog Number ASWPA ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket 24 VDC 48-60 VDC 110-127 VDC 220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only 48-60 VAC 110-127 VAC 208-277 VAC 380-600 VAC Catalog Number STRLB24DC STRLC60DC STRLD125DC STRLE250DC STRLM60 STRLN120 STRLS277 STRLV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 12 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC 60 VDC 110-127 VDC 220-250 VDC 24 VAC Right Pocket Only 110-127 VAC 220-240 VAC 208 VAC 277 VAC 380-415 VAC 440-480 VAC Catalog Number UVRLA12DC UVRLB24DC UVRLC48DC UVRLG60DC UVRLD125DC UVRLE250DC UVRLL24 UVRLN120 UVRLR240 UVRLP208 UVRLS277 UVRLT415 UVRLU480 efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for R accessory combinations. Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. ‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). a b 17/30 Product Category: MCCB External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers MG 800A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers. For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. Interrupting Ratings Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, 3 7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (119) 5.9 (151) RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) IEC 60947-2 Volts DC Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Interrupting Class Breaker Type 220/240 380/415 690 240 480 600 250 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS N H L NMG HMG LMG 65 100 200 35 65 100 25 35 50 22 25 42 35 50 65 65 100 200 65 75 150 50 70 100 50 70 75 20 30 35 10 15 17 Complete Trip Unit Breaker Poles Frame 2, 3 31.3 (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (16.0) Connectors for 75°C Wire Construction Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum Ampere Rating 200-800A 200-800A 200-800A 200-800A Wire Range 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Cu #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu No. of cables per connector 3 2 3 3 Catalog Number 3TA3MG500b 3TA2MG750b TC3MG500e 3TA3MG600bd Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. Consists of one terminal. d Includes extended terminal cover. e Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. a b c MG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 600 700 800 3000 3250 3250 6000 6500 6500 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/31 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection Model 525 Trip Unit MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NMG2B600L NMG2B700L NMG2B800L 600 700 800 HMG2B600L HMG2B700L HMG2B800L LMG2B600L LMG2B700L LMG2B800L TRIP UNIT ONLY CMT2B600 CMT2B700 CMT2B800 MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number 600 700 800 17/32 L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NMG3B600L NMG3B700L NMG3B800L HMG3B600L HMG3B700L HMG3B800L Product Category: MCCB LMG3B600L LMG3B700L LMG3B800L TRIP UNIT ONLY CMT3B600 CMT3B700 CMT3B800 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers MG 800A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 600 800 NMG3R600L NMG3R800L 600 800 NMG3T600L NMG3T800L 600 800 NMG3V600L NMG3V800L 600 800 NMG3W600L NMG3W800L ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HMG3R600L HMG3R800L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HMG3T600L HMG3T800L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HMG3V600L HMG3V800L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HMG3W600L HMG3W800L TRIP UNIT ONLY LMG3R600L LMG3R800L CMT3R600 CMT3R800 LMG3T600L LMG3T800L CMT3T600 CMT3T800 LMG3V600L LMG3V800L CMT3V600 CMT3V800 LMG3W600L LMG3W800L CMT3W600 CMT3W800 Model 586 Trip Unit MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NMG3F800 600 800 NMG3A600L NMG3A800L 600 800 NMG3G600L NMG3G800L 600 800 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog HMG3F800 LMG3F800 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER LCD NMG3K600L NMG3K800L LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HMG3A600L LMG3A600L HMG3A800L LMG3A800L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HMG3G600L LMG3G600L HMG3G800L LMG3G800L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HMG3K600L LMG3K600L HMG3K800L LMG3K800L Product Category: MCCB TRIP UNIT ONLY CMT3A600 CMT3A800 CMT3G600 CMT3G800 CMT3K600 CMT3K800 17/33 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers. For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. HACR rated. RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Breaker Type N H L NNG HNG LNG 240 65 100 200 umber N of Poles W L D 2, 3 Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Class Dimensions, inches (mm) 480 600 35 65 100 25 35 65 250 22 25 42 500 35 50 65 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/240 380/415 ICU ICU ICS 65 100 200 35 50 100 50 70 100 Complete Trip Unit Breaker Poles Frame 690 ICS 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) IEC 60947-2 Volts DC To Handle D1 ICU 25 35 50 20 30 35 ICS 10 15 17 2, 3 46.3 (21.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55.1 (25.0) Connectors for 75°C Wire Ampere Construction Rating 300-1200A Aluminum Aluminum 300-1200A Copper 300-1200A Aluminum 300-1200A Compression Lugs 300-1200A Wire Range 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu No. of cables per connector 4 3 4 4 — Catalog Number 3TA4NG500cd 3TA3NG750d 3TC4NG500bd 3TA4NG500Hbd 12CLN500 Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load). For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. Standard connector provided with complete breakers. d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. a b c NG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. 800 900 1000 1200 4000 5000 5000 7000 8000 10000 10000 12000 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 17/34 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection AMPS 9000 8000 7000 Ii I n = 1200A 11000 12000 AMPS 40 C 10000 9000 TM ~ 11000 7000 Trip Unit/Disparador 525 Ii 12000 Ii AMPS 9000 10000 8000 10000 8000 11000 7000 Amps 12000 Amps Model 525 Trip Unit NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NNG2F120 HNG2F120 LNG2F120 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NNG2B800L NNG2B900L NNG2B100L NNG2B120L 800 900 1000 1200 HNG2B800L HNG2B900L HNG2B100L HNG2B120L LNG2B800L LNG2B900L LNG2B100L LNG2B120L TRIP UNIT ONLY CNT2B800 CNT2B900 CNT2B100 CNT2B120 NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number 800 900 1000 1200 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NNG3B800L NNG3B900L NNG3B100L NNG3B120L HNG3B800L HNG3B900L HNG3B100L HNG3B120L Product Category: MCCB LNG3B800L LNG3B900L LNG3B100L LNG3B120L TRIP UNIT ONLY CNT3B800 CNT3B900 CNT3B100 CNT3B120 17/35 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Units NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number NNG3F120 HNG3F120 Catalog Number LNG3F120 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HNG3R800L HNG3R100L HNG3R120L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HNG3T800L HNG3T100L HNG3T120L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HNG3V800L HNG3V100L HNG3V120L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HNG3W800L HNG3W100L HNG3W120L L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number 800 1000 1200 NNG3R800L NNG3R100L NNG3R120L 800 1000 1200 NNG3T800L NNG3T100L NNG3T120L 800 1000 1200 NNG3V800L NNG3V100L NNG3V120L 800 1000 1200 NNG3W800L NNG3W100L NNG3W120L TRIP UNIT ONLY LNG3R800L LNG3R100L LNG3R120L CNT3R800 CNT3R100 CNT3R120 LNG3T800L LNG3T100L LNG3T120L CNT3T800 CNT3T100 CNT3T120 LNG3V800L LNG3V100L LNG3V120L CNT3V800 CNT3V100 CNT3V120 LNG3W800L LNG3W100L LNG3W120L CNT3W800 CNT3W100 CNT3W120 Model 586 Trip Unit NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 800 1000 1200 NNG3A800L NNG3A100L NNG3A120L 800 1000 1200 NNG3G800L NNG3G100L NNG3G120L 800 1000 1200 17/36 H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number LCD NNG3K800L NNG3K100L NNG3K120L LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HNG3A800L LNG3A800L HNG3A100L LNG3A100L HNG3A120L LNG3A120L LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HNG3G800L LNG3G800L HNG3G100L LNG3G100L HNG3G120L LNG3G120L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HNG3K800L LNG3K800L HNG3K100L LNG3K100L HNG3K120L LNG3K120L Product Category: MCCB TRIP UNIT ONLY CNT3A800 CNT3A100 CNT3A120 CNT3G800 CNT3G100 CNT3G120 CNT3K800 CNT3K100 CNT3K120 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only. The connectors must be ordered as separate items. PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as separate items. Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting Base and must be ordered as a seperate item. For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip breakers. For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“. For special applications, refer to page 17/62. Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Dimensions, inches (mm) umber N of Poles W L D 2, 3 Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Interrupting Class Breaker Type N H L NPG HPG LPG 240 65 100 200 480 600 35 65 100 25 35 65 250 500 22 25 42 35 50 65 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220/240 380/415 ICU ICU 65 100 200 ICS 35 50 100 690 ICS 50 70 100 ICU 25 35 50 20 30 35 ICS 10 15 17 Ampere Rating 1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A Wire Range 1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 600–750 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Cu No. of cables per phase 6 5 4 6 5 Poles Frame Trip Unit Complete Breaker 2, 3 69.0 (31.3) 60.2 (27.3) Catalog Number 3TA6PG750ac TA5P600bd TA4P750bd TA6R600bd TC5R600bde Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii) Amp Rating (In) Min. Max. Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600. Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or MBPG1601. Consists of 3 connectors. d Consists of 1 connector. e Required for 100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity. a 1200 1400 1600 c AMPS 9000 Mounting Arrangement Description Lug Mounting Assembly Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect) Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect) 7000 7000 7000 12000 12000 12000 Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. b 8.8 (4.0) PG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Connectors for 75°C Wire Construction Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) IEC 60947-2 Volts DC To Handle D1 8000 7000 Catalog Number LMAP1600 MBPG1600 MBPG1601 I n = 1600A Ii TM ~ 11000 12000 AMPS 40º C 10000 Trip Unit/Disparador 525 9000 Ii AMPS 9000 10000 8000 11000 7000 12000 Amps Ii 10000 8000 11000 7000 12000 Amps Model 525 Trip Unit PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Continuous Ampere Rating 1200 1400 1600 H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER NPX3B120 NPX3B140 NPX3B160 HPX3B120 HPX3B140 HPX3B160 LPX3B120 LPX3B140 LPX3B160 External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/37 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units Selection Model 555 Trip Unit PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 1200 1600 NPG3R120 NPG3R160 1200 1600 NPG3T120 NPG3T160 1200 1600 NPG3V120 NPG3V160 1200 1600 NPG3W120 NPG3W160 ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HPG3R120 HPG3R160 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HPG3T120 HPG3T160 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HPG3V120 HPG3V160 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP HPG3W120 HPG3W160 TRIP UNIT ONLY LPG3R120 LPG3R160 CPT3R120 CPT3R160 LPG3T120 LPG3T160 CPT3T120 CPT3T160 LPG3V120 LPG3V160 CPT3V120 CPT3V160 LPG3W120 LPG3W160 CPT3W120 CPT3W160 Model 586 Trip Unit PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number Catalog Number FRAME ONLY Continuous Ampere Rating NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160 COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 1200 1600 NPG3A120 NPG3A160 1200 1600 NPG3G120 NPG3G160 1200 1600 NPG3K120 NPG3K160 LCD 17/38 H-Interrupting Class Catalog Number LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HPG3A120 LPG3A120 HPG3A160 LPG3A160 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HPG3G120 LPG3G120 HPG3G160 LPG3G160 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HPG3K120 LPG3K120 HPG3K160 LPG3K160 Product Category: MCCB TRIP UNIT ONLY CPT3A120 CPT3A160 CPT3G120 CPT3G160 CPT3K120 CPT3K160 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames Selection Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Base AMBP2 Left Pocket Only ASKP3 4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Base AMBP1 Left, Right ASKP4 x4 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left, Right Left Pocket Only AMBP1 AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Catalog Number 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB x4 Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number 24 VDC STRPB24DC 48-60 VDC STRPC60DC 110-127 VDC STRPD125DC 220-250 VDC STRPE250DC Right Pocket Only 48-60 VAC STRPM60 110-127 VAC STRPN120 208-277 VAC STRPS277 380-600 VAC STRPV600 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket 12 VDC Catalog Number UVRPA12DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 60 VDC UVRPG60DC 110-127 VDC UVRPD125DC 220-250 VDC UVRPE250DC 110-127 VAC Right Pocket Only 220-240 VAC UVRPN120 UVRPR240 208 VAC UVRPP208 277 VAC UVRPS277 380-415 VAC UVRPT415 440-480 VAC UVRPU480 a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. ‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/39 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Molded Case Switch Selection General Typically a molded case switch is used when a compact load-break switch is needed for disconnect purposes. The VL line of molded case switches from Siemens is made of the same materials and components as the VL circuit breakers but do not provide overcurrent protection. Each molded case switch has a fixed instantaneous selfprotecting trip element which may open the switch under high fault conditions. Application Note Overcurrent protection must be provided by an appropriate overcurrent protective device located upstream from the molded case switch. Also, the short-circuit current rating of the switch is limited to the interrupting rating of the upstream protective device or the ratings in the table below, whichever is less. Ordering Information Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers. All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications. Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings, order the lugs separately. All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified. Molded Case Switch Maximum Ampere Rating / Frame Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V Self Protective Instantaneous Override 150A / DG 250A / FG 400A / JG 600A / LG 800A / MG 1200A / NG HDR2S150L HFS2S250L HJS2S400 HLR2S600 HMS2S800 HNS2S120 HDR3S150L HFS3S250L HJS3S400 HLR3S600 HMS3S800 HNS3S120 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k 65k 65k 65k 65k 65k 65k 20k 20k 25k 18k 35k 35k 2,500A 3,500A 4,400A 5,500A 6,500A 12,000A 1600A / PG — HPS3S160 100k 65k 35k 14,000A 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V Self Protective Instantaneous Override Maximum Ampere Rating / Frame 2-Pole 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating 250A / FG LFS3S250L 200k 100k 25k 3,500A 400A / JG 600A / LG 800A / MG 1200A / NG LJS3S400 LLR3S600 LMS3S800 100k 100k 100k LNS3S120 200k 200k 200k 200k 100k 25k 18k 65k 65k 4,400A 5,500A 6,500A 12,000A 1600A / PG LPS3S160 200k 100k 65k 14,000A The Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected by an appropriate overcurrent protective device. 17/40 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors Selection General Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor fullload current. The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current. Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters) Motor Full Load Amperes 35-50 42-60 48-70 55-80 62-90 69-100 58-83 69-100 81-117 92-133 104-150 115-150b 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 96-139 115-150b 135-150b 135-150b 135-150b 135-150b 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 46-67 55-80 65-93 74-107 83-120 92-133 600 720 840 960 1080 1200 77-111 92-133 108-156 123-178 138-200 154-222 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 135-194 162-210 188-220 215-241 242-250b 242-250b 1750 2100 2450 2800 3150 3500 a Trip Setting (A) Catalog Number a 450 540 630 HDP3L150L 720 810 900 HDP3M150L HDP3H150L HFM3L250L HFM3M250L HFM3H250L M otor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required lugs separately. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b Motor Full Load Amperes 96-139 115-167 135-194 154-222 173-250 192-278 Trip Setting (A) Catalog Number a 1250 1500 1750 HJM3L400 2000 2250 2500 154-222 185-267 215-311 246-356 277-400 308-400b 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 154-222 185-267 215-311 246-356 277-400 308-444 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 212-306 254-367 296-428 338-489 381-550 423-600 2750 3300 3850 4400 4950 5500 250-361 292-422 335-483 385-556 442-638 500-722 3250 3800 4350 5000 5740 6500 385-556 462-667 538-778 615-889 692-1000 769-1111 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 HJM3M400 HLM3J600 HLM3Y600 HMM3M800 HNM3M120 T hese settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed 17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP. Product Category: MCCB 17/41 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers Selection General Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers shown below are for use in grounded & ungrounded general DC circuits and ungrounded battery supply circuits of UPS systems. These breakers are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and feature rated interruption levels from 42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in Frame DG FG JG LG MG NG PG a b Type HDGD HFGD HJGD HLGD HMGD HNGD HPGD Continuous Ampere Rating the table. This family of circuit breakers is rated from 50 to 1600 Amperes. Types HDGD through HPGD circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic over-current function located on the face of the circuit breaker. Contact Siemens for specific magnetic over-current values. To properly use these UL Listed circuit breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated Catalog Number (3-pole)a Short-Circuit Current Rating 600VDCb 50 HDC3B050 42K 60 HDC3B060 42K 70 HDC3B070 42K 80 HDC3B080 42K 90 HDC3B090 42K 100 HDC3B100 42K 110 HDC3B110 42K 125 HDC3B125 42K 150 HDC3B150 42K 100 HFC3B100 42K 150 HFC3B150 42K 250 HFC3B250 42K 250 HJC3B250 65K 300 HJC3B300 65K 350 HJC3B350 65K 400 HJC3B400 65K 400 HLC3B400 65K 600 HLC3B600 65K 600 HMC3B600 65K 700 HMC3B700 65K 800 HMC3B800 65K 800 HNC3B800 65K 900 HNC3B900 65K 1000 HNC3B100 65K 1200 HNC3B120 65K 1200 HPC3B120 65K 1400 HPC3B140 65K 1600 HPC3B160 65K interruption level, it is necessary to connect the terminals of the 3 pole circuit breaker in a series configuration as shown in the diagram below. Types HDGD through HPGD use the same internal and external accessories as the standard DG through PG frames and associated types. Consult the individual frame section for accessory information. + – LOAD T erminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 17/90. S tandard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information. 17/42 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Selection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out Interphase Barriers Rear Terminals – Flat and Round Bus Extensions Terminal Connectors Plug-In Terminal Blades Extended Terminal Shield Standard Terminal Shield Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Cover Frame for Door Cutout Stored Energy Operator Rotary Handle Operator Variable Depth Rotary Operator Max Flex Operator Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases Auxiliary/Alarm Switches 17 18 19 20 21 Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525) Electronic Trip Unit (555) Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586) Communication Module with ZSI Electronic Trip Unit Tester and LCD Power Supply 17/43 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection For DG to FG Frame For JG to LG Frame 150 to 250 A 400 A to 600 A Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit Fixed depth and the handle is mounted directly on the circuit breaker. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHFF RHFL Red Handle Version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA 1, 12 RHFFEM RHFLEM Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHVF12 RHVL12 Auxiliary Switch Kits For Direct or Extended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit a Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA1 For Through-Door Operator RHSFA1F RHSLA1F Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA2 For Through-Door Operator RHSFA2F RHSLA2F Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Breaker mechanism only RHVFBM RHVLBM Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only Standard versionNEMA 1, 12 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X Red Handle version RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH NFPA-79 Handle Kit Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator RHVF79H RHVM79H Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 2 inches (50.8mm) 3 inches (76.2mm) 12 inches (304.8 mm) 16 inches (406.4 mm) 24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket a RHVMS02 — RHVMS12 RHVMS16 RHVMS24 — RHVMS02 — RHVMS12 RHVMS16 RHVMS24 — During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens. 17/44 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection For MG Frame 800 A Description Catalog Number For NG to PG Frame 1200 to 1600 A Catalog Number Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit Fixed depth, breaker mounted. For direct fitting to the circuit breaker. Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. NEMA 1, 12 RHFM — — Red Handle version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA 1, 12 — — — — — Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12 — — Auxiliary Switch Kits For Direct or Extended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA1 RHSPA1 For Through-Door Operator — — — Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA2 RHSPA2 For Through-Door Operator — — — — — Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Breaker mechanism only RHVMBM RHVPBM RHVP3RH RHVP3RH RHVP4XH RHVPEMH Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only Standard version NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X Red Handle version RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH NFPA-79 Handle Kit Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator RHVM79H RHVP79H Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 2 inches (50.8mm) 3 inches (76.2mm) 12 inches (304.8 mm) 16 inches (406.4 mm) 24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog RHVMS02 — RHVMS12 RHVMS16 RHVMS24 — — RHVPS03 RHVPS12 — RHVPS24 Product Category: MCCB — — 17/45 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection Description For DG and FG Frame 150 to 250 A For JG and LG Frame 400 to 600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Adjustable from 8” to 16” Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3R NEMA 4X FHVF4X IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3RB NEMA 4X FHVF4XB Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKF3R For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”, all others are 48” May be right- or left-hand mounted FHVL3R FHVL4X FHVL3RB FHVL4XB MFKL3R Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R MFHM3R NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHM3RS NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHM4X Solid color (all gray) Plastica NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB MFHM3RB Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHM3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™ MFMF MFML Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120” 144” MFCF036 MFCF048 MFCF060 MFCF072 MFCF084 MFCF096 MFCF120 MFCF144 MFCM036 MFCM048 MFCM060 MFCM072 MFCM084 MFCM096 MFCM120 MFCM144 Handle Auxiliary Switch Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb 1 Aux. switch MFSFA1 MFSLA1 2 Aux. switch MFSFA2 MFSLA2 a b Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. 17/46 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection Description For MG Frame 800 A For NG Frame 1200 A For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Adjustable from 8” to 16” Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 4X IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 4X Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”, all others are 48” May be right- or left-hand mounted b — — — — MFKM3R MFKP3RS MFKP3RS MFHM3R MFHM3RS MFHM4X — MFHP3RS MFHP4X — MFHP3RS MFHP4X MFHM3RB — — MFHM3RSB MFHP3RSB MFHP3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™ MFMM MFMP MFMP Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120” 144” MFCM036 MFCM048 MFCM060 MFCM072 MFCM084 MFCM096 MFCM120 MFCM144 — MFCP048 MFCP060 MFCP072 MFCP084 MFCP096 MFCP120 MFCP144 — MFCP048 MFCP060 MFCP072 MFCP084 MFCP096 MFCP120 MFCP144 Handle Auxiliary Switch Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb 1 Aux. switch 2 Aux. switch MFSPA1 MFSPA2 Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated Solid color (all gray) Plastica NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda NEMA 1, 3R, 12 a — — — — MFSPA1 MFSPA2 MFSPA1 MFSPA2 Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/47 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection Description For DG to FG Frame 150 to 250 A Catalog Number Stored Energy and Motor Operators Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. AC Voltage — 42-48 60 110–127 220–250 DC Voltage 24 42-48 60 110–127 220–250 Stored Energy Type SEAFB SEAFM SEAFY SEAFN SEAFR Cylinder Locks for Field Installation CLKF For DG Frame 150 A Description Catalog Number For FG Frame 250 A Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip interlock, and mounting hardware. Rear Connected 3-pole Front Connected 3-pole PCBDRC3 PCBFRC3 PCBDFC3 PCBFFC3 DCADRC3 DCAFRC3 DCADFC3 DCAFFC3 Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator DCHP DCHP Position Indicator Switch Form “C” switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged position.a DCIP DCIP Secondary Terminal Block Assy. Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug and block with 8 terminal points.b PCTF83 PCTF83 Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & 1 trip interlock PCXD3 PCXF3 Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit Set of 6 terminal blades, & 1 trip interlock DCXD3 DCXF3 Spare Breaker Trip Interlock PCXFT PCXFT Draw-out Assembly Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields. Rear Connected 3-pole Front Connected 3-pole (Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware) a b Catalog Number Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base. Up to 2 plugs per breaker (16 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers. 17/48 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Operating Mechanisms Selection For JG to LG Frame 400 to 600 A For MG Frame 800 A For NG to PG Frame 1200 to 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Stored Energy Type SEALB SEALM SEALY SEALN SEALR CLKP Stored Energy Type SEAMB SEAMM SEAMY SEAMN SEAMR CLKP Motor Operator Type MTRPB MTRPM MTRPY MTRPN MTRPR CLKP For JG Frame 400 A For LG Frame 600 A For MG Frame 800 A For NG Frame 1200 A For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number PCBJRC3 PCBLRC3 PCBMRC3 PCBNRC3 — PCBJFC3 PCBLFC3 — — — DCAJRC3 DCALRC3 DCAMRC3 DCANRC3 — DCAJFC3 DCALFC3 DCAMFC3 DCANFC3 — DCHP DCHP DCHP DCHP — DCIP DCIP DCIP DCIP — PCTL83 PCTL83 PCTM83 PCTN83 — PCXJ3 PCXL3 PCXM3 DCXJ3 DCXL3 DCXM3 DCXN3 — PCXLT PCXLT PCXMT PCXPT — Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB PCXN3 — 17/49 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Connections Selection Description For DG Frame 150 A For FG Frame 250 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Front Bus Bar Connections Includes nut keeper plates and shield. Standard 3-Pole Set Round Terminal Flat Terminal Flat Bus Bar Standard (straight) 3-Pole Set Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields 100% rated applications Rear-Connecting Studs Short length round term. (1piece) Long length round term. (1piece) 3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + 1 long Short length flat term. (1piece) Long length flat term. (1piece) 3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + 1 long Flat bus bar type (1 piece) 3-Pole set of flat bus bar FBCD3 — — RTLDSR RTLDLR SRTDR3 RTLDSF RTLDLF SRTDF3 — — FBCF3 — — RTLFSR RTLFLR SRTFR3 RTLFSF RTLFLF SRTFF3 — — Terminal Shields Includes 2 terminal shields. 3-Pole Standard Shield TSSF3 TSSF3 3-Pole Extended Shield TSLF3 TSLF3 Interphase Barriers Set of 2 barriers Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases. IPBF IPBF Lug Mounting Assy. — — — — — — Breaker Mounting Base Front connected Rear connected Terminal Shields Interphase Barriers 17/50 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Connections Selection For JG Frame 400 A Catalog Number For LG Frame 600 A For MG Frame 800 A For NG Frame 1200 A For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number FBCJ3 FBCL3 FBCM3 — — — SSBP SSBPH SSBP SSBPH RTLJSR RTLJLR SRTJR3 RTLJSF RTLJLF SRTJF3 — — — — — — — — — — TSSL3 TSLL3 IPBM — — — — LMAP1600b — — — — — — — — MBPG1600 MBPG1601 a — — — — — — RTLMSF SRTMF3 TSSL3a TSLL3a IPBM — — — — — — RTLLSF SRTLF3 Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for busbar connection. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b — — — — — — RTLNSF SRTNF3 TSSM3 TSSP3 TSSP3 TSLM3 TSLP3 TSLP3 IPBM IPBP IPBP Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only. Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side. 17/51 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Connections Selection Description Nut Keeper Plates For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections. (For metric threads on other than the JG frame, change ”TNK” to ”TMK”) 1 Nut Keeper Plate Kit of 3 For DG Frame 150 A For FG Frame 250 A Catalog Number Catalog Number TNKD TNKD3 TNKF TNKF3 Mechanical Lugs Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #8-1/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole Single Lug TW1DG20 TW1FG350 Kit of 3 3TW1DG20 3TW1FG350 Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole Single Lug TA1DG30 TAW1FG350 Kit of 2 — — Kit of 3 3TA1DG30 3TAW1FG350 Cable Size; (cables per phase) — — Single Lug — — Kit of 2 — — Kit of 3 — — — — Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug — — — — Copper Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole TC1DG30 Single Lug TCW1FG350 — — Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TC1DG30 3TCW1FG350 Cable Size; (cables per phase) — — Single Lug — — Compression Lugs #14-2/0; 1-cable #4-350 kcmil; 1-cable Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2 2CLD20 — 3CLD20 3CLF350 Kit of 3 — — — Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2 Kit of 3 — Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 3 — — Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#2; 3-hole Single Lug TA3DG02 3TA3DG02 Kit of 3 Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#4; 6-hole Single Lug TA6DG04 3TA6DG04 Kit of 3 Note: pictures provide graphical representaions only. Control Wire Terminals Control Wire Terminal (Single) Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3) — — — — #14-#1; 2-hole and #14-2/0; 1-hole TA3FG20 3TA3FG20 #14-#4; 6-hole TA6FG04 3TA6FG04 — — Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity. 17/52 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Connections Selection For JG Frame 400 A Catalog Number TMKJ TMKJ3 For LG Frame 600 A For MG Frame 800 A For NG Frame 1200 A For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number TNKL TNKL3 TNKM TNKM3 TNKP TNKP3 TNKP TNKP3 metric only 1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole TW1JG600 3TW1JG600 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole TA2JG250 — 3TA2JG250 AL: 250-750 kcmil CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole TA1JG750 — 3TA1JG750 — — — — — — — — — — — #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole — TA3MG500 — 3TA3MG500 — 3TA2LG600LDa 3TA2LG600LNb AL: 250-750 kcmil CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole TA1JG750 (400A max) — 3TA1JG750 (400A max) — — 500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole TA2MG750 — 3TA2MG750 — — — 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole — 2TA4NG500 1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole — — 3TA4NG500 3TA4NG500Hc 3TA6PG750e 500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole — 2TA3NG750 3TA3NG750 600-750 kcmil; 4-hole TA4P750f — #2-600 kcmil; 3-hole — — 300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole TA5P600f TA6R600f — — — 3TA3MG600d (Kit of 3) 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole TC2JG250 — — 3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole TC1JG750 #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole — TC3MG500 — — — 3TC2LG600LD — 3TC2LG600LN — — — — — — #6-350 kcmil; 1-cable — 3CLJ350 #6-350 kcmil; 2-cable — — 6CLL350 (kit of 6) — 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable — 12CLN500 (kit of 12) — — — 250-750 kcmil; 1-cable 3CLL750 — 250-600 kcmil; 2-cable 6CLL600 (kit of 6) — 250-600 kcmil; 1-cable 3CLJ600 — 250-750 kcmil; 1-cable 3CLJG750 — #14-#4; 12-hole — TA12JG04 — 3TA12JG04 — #14-2/0; 6-hole — TA6JG20 — 3TA6JG20 — TA2JG250PT — — 3TA2LG600LNPT All lug kits include the nut keepers. a Mounted on Load Side Only. b Mounted on Line Side Only. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog — — — 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole — — 3TC4NG500 — 300-600 kcmil; 5-hole TC5R600f — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — TA3MG500PT — — 3TA4NG500PT Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity. d Requires extended modified shield. c Product Category: MCCB e f — — Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base. Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting base. 17/53 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers General Selection Description Handle Padlocking Device Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Cable Interlock System 17/54 For DG Frame 150 A For FG Frame 250 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Handle Padlocking Device To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles. HPLF HPLF Handle Blocking Device For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a lockout/tagout device. HBDF HBDF Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers. Fixed mounted breakers Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size. Cable Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible. Interlock Cable Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers. Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A) Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A) Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommended from 1200–1600A) WBMFFM WBMFFM CBTF CBTF CBCF18 CBCM36 CBCP54 CBCF18 CBCM36 CBCP54 Mounting Screw Kit Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the user’s prepared surface Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread) Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread) MSKF2 MSKF4 MSKF2 MSKF4 Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment of trip settings. Seal not included. Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units TSCFTM TSCFTM Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers General Selection For JG Frame 400 A Catalog Number For LG Frame 600 A For MG Frame 800 A Catalog Number For NG Frame 1200 A Catalog Number For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number HPLL HPLL HPLM HPLP HPLP HBDL HBDL HBDM HBDP HBDP WBMLFM WBMLFM WBMMFM WBMPFM WBMPFM CBTL — CBCM36 CBCP54 — MSKL4 TSCLTM Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog CBTL — CBCM36 CBCP54 — MSKL4 TSCLTM CBTM — CBCM36 CBCP54 — MSKM4 TSCMTM CBTP — — CBCP54 — MSKP4 — Product Category: MCCB CBTP — — CBCP54 — MSKP4 — 17/55 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories Selection Description Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole) Neutral = 35/60A Neutral = 100A Neutral = 150A Neutral = 250A Neutral = 400A Neutral = 600A Neutral = 800A Neutral = 1000/1200A Neutral = 1600A For DG Frame 150 A For FG Frame 250 A Catalog Number Catalog Number NGSD060 NGSF100 NGSF150 — — — — — — — NGSF100 NGSF150 NGSJ250 — — — — — Communications & Electronics Spare Flat Cable Power Stick Com20 Profibus & Com21 Modbus Communications Module Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip testing for both 555 & 586 trip units. EPSP18V EPSP18V Spare flat cable for Power Stick. COMPCA COMPCA COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMMOD21 COMMOD21 Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft) COMKIT3 COMKIT3 Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft) COMKIT6 COMKIT6 Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a PC by plugging into COM20/21 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 Door Cutouts & Extensions Cover Frame for Door Cutout Cover Frame for Door Cutout For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30) 2-Pole & 3-Pole BZLF3 BZLF3 For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40) BZLFRHSE BZLFRHSE (not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator) BZLFBDC BZLFBDC Toggle Handle Extension For spare or replacement. (One is included with each NG - PG frame.) — Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated. Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40) — Toggle Handle Extension 17/56 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories Selection For JG Frame 400 A Catalog Number — — — NGSJ250 NGSL400 — — — — For LG Frame 600 A For MG Frame 800 A For NG Frame 1200 A For PG Frame 1600 A Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number — — — — NGSL400 NGSM600 — — — — — — — — NGSM600 NGSN800 — — — — — — — — NGSN800 NGSP120 — — — — — — — — NGSP120 NGSP160 EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMKIT4 COMKIT4 COMKIT5 COMKIT5 COMKIT5 COMKIT7 COMKIT7 COMKIT8 COMKIT8 COMKIT8 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 BZLL3 BZLL3 BZLM3 BZLP3 BZLP3 BZLLRHSE BZLLRHSE BZLMRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLLBDC BZLLBDC BZLMBDC BZLPBDC BZLPBDC THEL THEL THEM THEP THEP Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/57 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Accessory Locations Selection Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories Frame Family Left Pocket Right Pocket Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches DG*, FG*, JG, LG 150 to 600A Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches MG, NG, PG 800 to 1600A Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches * Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories. Accessory Information b Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A or 1B contact Switch has 1A or 1B contact Alarm b is an Undervoltage Release UVR b bThe standard location for factory mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches is the Left Pocket Accessory Maximums DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories: b Maximum of six (6) switches total bDG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches, one each in the Left and Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm, Left only MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories: bMaximum of eight (8) switches total bMaximum of two (2) Alarm Switches, Left Pocket only For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for communication using Modbus or Profibus DG, FG MG, NG, PG COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary contact kit. May add only one or two contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary function. COMKIT5 & COMKIT8 provide auxiliary contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket. Two contact blocks can be added for Auxiliary function and one for Alarm function. Right pole pocket available for other release or an additional Auxiliary Contact kit. JG, LG COMKIT4 & COMKIT7 provide auxiliary contact kit mounted in left pole pocket. One contact block can be added for Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket available for other release or an additional Auxiliary contact kit. 17/58 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Selection Then add If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: 1 Alarm Switch DG, FG, JG or LG 1 NO Alarm A1 1 NC Alarm Device Catalog Number ASKL1 DG, FG, JG or LG 2 Aux. Switches A2 1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts ASKL2 DG, FG, JG or LG 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm A3 2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm ASKL3 MG, NG or PG 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm A3 2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm 2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm ASKP3 MG, NG or PG 4 Aux. Switches A4 2NO + 2NC Aux. ASKP4 Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips If the frame is: And you need these functions: 24V DC 48-60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC DG, FG, JG or LG 48-60V AC 110-127V AC 208-277V AC 380-600V AC Then add this suffix: RB RC RD RE RM RN RS RV Device Catalog Number STRLB24DC STRLC60DC STRLD125DC STRLE250DC STRLM60 STRLN120 STRLS277 STRLV600 RB RC RD RE RM RN RS RV STRPB24DC STRPC60DC STRPD125DC STRPE250DC STRPM60 STRPN120 STRPS277 STRPV600 If the frame is: And you need these functions: 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC DG, FG, JG or LG 24V AC 110-127V AC 220-240V AC 208V AC 277V AC 380-415V AC 440-480V AC Then add this suffix: UA UB UC UG UD UE UL UN UR UP US UT UU Device Catalog Number UVRLA12DC UVRLB24DC UVRLC48DC UVRLG60DC UVRLD125DC UVRLE250DC UVRLL24 UVRLN120 UVRLR240 UVRLP208 UVRLS277 UVRLT415 UVRLU480 MG, NG or PG UA UB UC UG UD UE UN UR UP US UT UU UVRPA12DC UVRPB24DC UVRPC48DC UVRPG60DC UVRPD125DC UVRPE250DC UVRPN120 UVRPR240 UVRPP208 UVRPS277 UVRPT415 UVRPU480 MG, NG or PG 24V DC 48-60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 48-60V AC 110-127V AC 208-277V AC 380-600V AC Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 110-127V AC 220-240V AC 208V AC 277V AC 380-415V AC 440-480V AC 17/59 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Technical Data Selection DG FG JG LG MG NG PG 150 250 400 600 800 1200 1600 600 690 600 690 600 690 600 690 600 690 600 690 600 690 8 4 -25 to +75 93% 86% 80% 20,000 120 8 4 -25 to +75 93% 86% 80% 20,000 120 8 4 -25 to +75 93% 86% 80% 20,000 120 8 4 -25 to +75 93% 86% 80% 10,000 60 8 4 -25 to +75 95% 86% 80% 5,000 60 8 4 -25 to +75 95% 86% 80% 3,000 30 8 4 -25 to +75 95% 80% 74% 3,000 30 15 – 48 40 32 – 80 60 60 – 175 90 85 – 230 160 170 – 250 250 150 – 220 200 – 260 210 260 — — — — — — — 30 30 30 30 42 42 42 18 25 35 35 65 65 65 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 V 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 VA VA VA VA W W W W ms 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594 740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50 Max rated continuous current Rated operational voltage NEMA V AC IEC V AC Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Main conducting paths kV Auxiliary circuits kV Ambient Temperature Range ºC High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.) 50ºC 60ºC 70ºC Operating Cycles Max switching rate (per hour) Power loss (at max. rated current) Thermal-magnetic W Electronic trip unit W IEC 1 Time constant t = 10 ms 1 current path 2 current paths 3 current paths in series in series Up to 250V DC 440V DC 600V DC NEMA Time constant t = 8 ms 2 poles switching 1 current path 250V DC Max. 2 3 poles switching 2 current paths in series 500V DC Max. 2 Accessories Auxiliary/ Alarm Switch Current rating (1 or 2 switches) Current rating (3 or 4 same switch) A Shunt Trip Pick-up voltage Power Consumption (short-time) at: 48 – 60 V AC 110 – 127 V AC 208 – 277 V AC 380 – 600 V AC 24 V DC 48 – 60 V DC 110 –127 V DC 220 – 250 V DC Max. Operating time 1 2 Consult Siemens for short circuit values. Review individual frame and type values. 17/60 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Technical Data Selection DG Undervoltage Trip Drop voltage (percentage) Pick-up voltage (percentage) Power consumption (continuous) at: 110 – 127 V AC 220 – 250 V AC 208 V AC 277 V AC 380 – 415 V AC 440 – 480 V AC 500 – 525 V AC 600 V AC Max. opening time V V 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% VA VA VA VA VA VA VA VA ms 1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 Motorized Operating Mechanism Motor with stored energy mechanism (synchronizable) Motor Operator Max. switching rate (per hour) Command duration Closing time Charging time Break time Power consumption Inrush (A) Control Voltages 110 – 127 V AC 220 – 250 V AC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC ms ms s s VA/W X 120 20 – 50 <100 <5 <5 <500 FG JG LG MG NG PG 1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50 X 120 20 – 50 <100 <5 <5 X 120 20 – 50 <100 <5 <5 X 60 20 – 50 <100 <5 <5 X 60 20 – 50 <100 <5 <5 X 30 — <5,000 <5 <5 X 30 — <5,000 <5 <5 Operating Range 85 – 110% of rated control voltage Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 17/61 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Unusual Operating Conditions Reference Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. High Ambient Temperatures Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). Similarly, the current carrying capacity of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1 may be selected. In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well. Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers Reference Ampere Rating at 40° C (104° F) 50 60 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 Ampere Rating at: 25° C (77° F) 50°C (122° F) 60° C (140° F) 55 66 77 99 110 137 165 192 220 247 275 330 385 440 550 660 770 880 46 56 65 84 94 114 136 159 182 205 235 276 325 372 468 564 658 754 42 52 60 78 87 100 120 140 160 180 220 252 301 340 435 525 613 704 900 990 828 749 1000 1200 1400 1100 1320 1540 900 1090 1304 825 1000 1148 1600 1760 1500 1320 Siemens Breaker Frames DG FG JG LG MG NG PG Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures. Altitude Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure 1. Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment 17/62 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 07/20/14 ED 125A Frame, Sentron Series Selection Ordering Instructions All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number. Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge 50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 17/104. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected Type ED2e Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C 015 020 25 030 35 040 45 050 060 070 80 90 100 Blue Label 1-Pole 2-Pole 120V AC 240V AC 125V DC Catalog Number ED21B015dn ED21B020dn ED21B025n ED21B030n ED21B035n ED21B040n ED21B045n ED21B050n ED21B060n ED21B070n ED21B080n ED21B090n ED21B100n 125V DC 250V DC Catalog Number ED22B015 ED22B020 ED22B025n ED22B030 ED22B035n ED22B040 ED22B045n ED22B050 ED22B060 ED22B070 ED22B080n ED22B090n ED22B100 Type ED4e Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 125V DC Catalog Number ED41B015d ED41B020d ED41B025 ED41B030 ED41B035n ED41B040 ED41B045n ED41B050 ED41B060 ED41B070 ED41B080n ED41B090n ED41B100 — — 2-Pole 480V AC Number of Poles 240V AC ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 Catalog Number ED23B015 ED23B020 ED23B025n ED23B030 ED23B035n ED23B040 ED23B045n ED23B050 ED23B060 ED23B070 ED23B080 ED23B090n ED23B100 3-Pole 250V DC Catalog Number — ED42B020 ED42B025 ED42B030 ED42B035n ED42B040 ED42B045n ED42B050 ED42B060 ED42B070 ED42B080n ED42B090n ED42B100 ED42B110n ED42B125 Type ED6e 480V AC Catalog Number ED43B015 ED43B020 ED43B025 ED43B030 ED43B035 ED43B040 ED43B045 ED43B050 ED43B060 ED43B070 ED43B080 ED43B090 ED43B100 ED43B110 ED43B125 Blue Label 347V AC 2-Pole 600V AC Catalog Number ED61B015 ED61B020 ED61B025 ED61B030 ED61B035 ED61B040 ED61B045n ED61B050 ED61B060 ED61B070n ED61B080 ED61B090 ED61B100n — — Catalog Number — ED62B020 ED62B025n ED62B030 ED62B035n ED62B040n ED62B045n ED62B050n — — — — — — — 1-Pole Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 3-Pole Blue Label 1-Pole 120V AC 277V AC Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489 Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 17/104 for additional information n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a CSA Certified only (Not UL) Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 250V DC Shipping Weights 3-Pole 600V AC 500V DC Catalog Number ED63B015 ED63B020 ED63B025 ED63B030 ED63B035 ED63B040 ED63B045 ED63B050 ED63B060 ED63B070 ED63B080 ED63B090 ED63B100 ED63B110 ED63B125 CED types and all 110–125 ampere ED frames. Note: A, page 17/101. rated. e HACR rated. Not for use with HHED6 breakers. 1 2 3 Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs.) 30 10 10 38 25 38 5 5 20 30 CED6 2 3 Lugs Ampere Rating No. of Poles Catalog Number Aluminum Body Lugs Line/Load All 15–25A 1, 2, 3 SA1E025 Line Side All 30–100A 1, 2, 3 LN1E100 ED2, 4, CED6 Load Side 1 30–60A LD1E060 ED2, 4, CED6 Load Side 1 70–100A LD1E100 ED2, 4, Load Side HED4, HHED6 2, 3 LN1E100 30–100A ED6 Line Side 2, 3 20-50A LN1E100 Line/Load All 110, 125A 2, 3 TA1E6125 Copper Body Lugs Line/Load All 30–125A 1, 2, 3 TC1ED6150c Compression Lugs CCE125 All ED, HHED, CED Wire Range #14–#10 Cu #12–#10 Al #10–1/0 Cu/Al #10–#4 Cu/Al #6–#1/0 Cu/Al #10–1/0 Cu/Al #10–1/0 Cu/Al #3–3/0 Cu #1–2/0 Al #10–1/0 Cu only 2/0 Enclosures (Neutral Included) Type 1 (Surface) 1 (Flush) 3R 4–4X 7–9 7–9 12 1 (Surface) 1 (Flush) 3R 12 Catalog Number E2N1S (15–100A) E2N1F (15–100A) E2N3R (15–100A) ED6SS4 (15–100A) EA (15–60A) EB (70–100A) E2N12 (15–100A) CED6N1S b CED6N1F b CED6N3R b CED6N12 b b For c See d SWD Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/65 and 17/108 to 17/113 17/63 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers ED 125A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HED4f � � � Catalog Number HED43B015 HED43B020 HED43B025 HED43B030 HED43B035 HED43B040 HED43B045 HED43B050 HED43B060 HED43B070 HED43B080 HED43B090 HED43B100 HED43B110 HED43B125 D � D1 H � � � � W1 � � W3 W2 1-POLE 2-POLE 3-POLE � FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown) D � � Catalog Number HED42B015 HED42B020 HED42B025n HED42B030 HED42B035n HED42B040 HED42B045n HED42B050 HED42B060n HED42B070n HED42B080n HED42B090n HED42B100n HED42B110n HED42B125n 480V AC � Catalog Number HED41B015a HED41B020a HED41B025 HED41B030 HED41B035n HED41B040 HED41B045n HED41B050n HED41B060n HED41B070n HED41B080n HED41B090n HED41B100n — — 3-Pole 250V DC 480V AC � 2-Pole 125V DC � 1-Pole 277V AC FIGURE1 - ED, HED, HHED � Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C 015 020 25 030 35 040 45 050 060 070 80 90 100 110 125 Black Label Fuseless Current Limiting Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C Red Label 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 600V AC 600V AC, 250V DC 600V AC, 500V DC b Catalog Number g Catalog Number Catalog Number CED62B015 CED62B020n — CED62B030n — CED62B040n — CED62B050n CED62B060n CED62B070n CED62B080n CED62B090n CED62B100n — CED62B125n CED63B015 CED63B020 — CED63B030 — CED63B040 — CED63B050 CED63B060 CED63B070 CED63B080 CED63B090 CED63B100 CED63B110n CED63B125 HHED63B015A HHED63B020 HHED63B025 HHED63B030 HHED63B035 HHED63B040 HHED63B045 HHED63B050 — — — — — — — 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 H Type CED6f � Type HHED6f Black Label D1 � � W2, W3 Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W2 W3 H Figure 1 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, 1 ED6 ETI d W1 D D1 2 3 6.35 3.92 4.56 Figure 1 HHED6 — 2 3 6.53 3.92 4.56 Figure 2 CED6, CED6 ETI d — 2 3 9.58 3.92 4.56 Interrupting Ratings UL 489 AIR (File #E10848) IEC 947-2 RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 lcu lcs lcu 120 240 277 347 480 600 125 250 500 b 010 — — — — — 05 — — — — — — 010 — — — — — 05 (2-P) — — — — 065 — 22 — — — 30 — — — — — — 065 — — 18 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 30 e — 065 — — 25 18 — 18 (3-P) 65 17 35 Breaker Type ED2 (1-P) ED2 (2, 3-P) ED4 (1-P) ED4 (2, 3-P) ED6 (1P) ED6 (2, 3-P) HED4 (1-P) (15–30A) 100 HED4 (1-P) (35–100A) 100 HED4 (2, 3-P) c — HHED6 (2, 3-P) c CED6 (2, 3-P) — — 65 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a SWD rated. bWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. 17/64 — — 25 — 100 100 — — 200 — — — — 30 — — 30 42 0 650 18 g — 200 100 — — 380/415 lcs lcu — — — — — — — — — — 9 18 500 lcs — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — — 30 (2-P) — — 50 (2-P) 30 (3-P) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — c HED4 eSingle dED6-ETI, and HHED6 type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240V AC. CED6-ETI, see page 17/91 for ordering information. f HACR Product Category: MCCB Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL. 35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL. rated. g HHED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Accessories Selection Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations ED 125A Frame 1 Shunt Trip Control 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Shunt Trip and Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Combinations Available only when ordered together. Only one module can be added to a breaker. Additional accessories, which always attach to the left pole, cannot be added to the combination later. Adds 1 inch pole space. Equipment Ground Sensing A field addable kit containing 30mA or 5 mA ground fault accessory module, current transformer with 24 inch leads, and current transformer mounting equipment. Current transformer to mount in gutter of lighting panel or any control panel. Accessory module operates from separate 120V control power source. Both 30MA and 5MA devices are equipment protection devices only. Do not use for personnel protection. 1 Shunt Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 024 048 120 208 240 277 480 S17ED60 S18ED60 S01ED60 — S03ED60 S15ED60s S04ED60 — — S01ED62A S02ED62As S03ED62A S15ED64As S04ED64As — — S01ED62AB S02ED62ABs S03ED62AB S15ED64ABs S04ED64ABs — — S01ED62B S02ED62Bs S03ED62Bs S15ED64Bs S04ED64Bs — — S01ED62AA S02ED62AAs S03ED62AAs — — S16ED60s S07ED60 S09ED60s S11ED60s S13ED60s S16ED62As S07ED62A S09ED62As S11ED62As S13ED62As — S07ED62ABs S09ED62ABs S11ED62ABs S13ED62ABs — S07ED62Bs S09ED62Bs S11ED62Bs S13ED62Bs — S07ED62AAs S09ED62AAs S11ED62AAs S13ED62AAs 012 024 048 125 250 Undervoltage Trip Combinations 1 Undervoltage Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary 1 Undervoltage Switch and Trip and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 208 240 277 480 600 U01ED60 U02ED60s U03ED60 U16ED60s U06ED60s U08ED60s U01ED62A U02ED62As U03ED62As U16ED64As U06ED64As — U01ED62ABs U02ED62ABs U03ED62ABs U16ED64ABs U06ED64ABs — U01ED62Bs U02ED62Bs U03ED62Bs U16ED64Bs U06ED64Bs — U01ED62AAs U02ED62AAs U03ED62AAs — — — U13ED60 U14ED60s U10ED60s U12ED60s U13ED62As U14ED62As U10ED62As U12ED62As U13ED62ABs U14ED62ABs U10ED62ABs — U13ED62Bs U14ED62Bs U10ED62Bs — U13ED62AAs U14ED62AAs U10ED62AAs U12ED62AAs 024 048 125 250 Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 240 250 A01ED62 A01ED62B A02ED62 A02ED62B 480 A01ED64 A01ED64B — — Maximum Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches DC 12 Catalog Number A01EDLV Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use Alarm Switch Only Maximum Voltage 1 Alarm Switch AC DC Catalog Number 240 250 B00ED62 480 B00ED64 Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only For Use With Breaker Frame Number of Poles Description CED6, ED2, ED4 ED6, EFC, EFF, 1, 2, 3 HED4, HHED6 Basic Kit Basic Kit with Normally Open Bell Alarm Basic Kit with Normally Closed Bell Alarm Catalog Number 30mA 5mA GF01ED60 GF01ED65 GF01ED60B0 GF01ED65B0s GF01ED60BC GF01ED65BCs s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/65 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 07/20/14 Accessories Selection Ordering Information Blue Label Type FXD6-A ag Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 2-Pole 3-Pole Catalog Number FXD62B070n FXD62B080n FXD62B090n FXD62B100 FXD62B110n FXD62B125 FXD62B150 FXD62B175 FXD62B200 FXD62B225 FXD62B250 Catalog Number FXD63B070 FXD63B080 FXD63B090 FXD63B100 FXD63B110 FXD63B125 FXD63B150 FXD63B175 FXD63B200 FXD63B225 FXD63B250 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6 breakers includes frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6, and CFD6 includes frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400 Hz Applications see page 7-91. Blue Label Type FD6-Ag Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number FD62F250 FD62T070n FD62T080n FD62T090n FD62T100n FD62T110n FD62T125n FD62T150 FD62T175n FD62T200 FD62T225n FD62T250n 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 3-Pole 600V 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 DC b FD62B070n FD62B080n FD62B090n FD62B100n FD62B110n FD62B125n FD62B150 FD62B175n FD62B200 FD62B225n FD62B250n AC, 500V DC c FD63B070n FD63B080n FD63B090n FD63B100 FD63B110n FD63B125 FD63B150 FD63B175 FD63B200 FD63B225 FD63B250 Lugs For 75°C Wire e Catalog Number #6—350 kcmil Cu TA1FD350A #4—350 kcmil Al TC1FD350 #6—350 kcmil Cu Compression Lug FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250 FD63F250 CCF250 RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E10848) Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC 240 480 600 250 500 c Breaker Type FXD6-A, FD6-A 65 35 22 30 (2-P) 18 (3-P) HFXD6 f, HFD6 f 100 65 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) HHFD6 f, HHFXD6 f 200 100 25 — — CFD6 200 200 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) IEC 947-2 Volts AC (50/60Hz) 220/240 380/415 lcu lcs lcu lcs 65 33 35 9 100 50 65 33 — — — — — — — — 500 lcu — — — — lcs — — — — Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 170-90 100-110 125-150 175-200 225-250 600 700 800 900 1100 640 770 900 1060 1300 690 840 1000 1210 1500 730 920 1100 1370 1700 770 990 1200 1520 1900 810 1060 1300 1780 2100 850 1140 1400 1930 2300 Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”. See page 7-91 for additional information. 17/66 Product Category: MCCB 350 kcmil Cu/Al Enclosures Interrupting Ratings Wire Range Type Catalog Number 1 3R 4-4X 7-9 12 Neutral d F6N1S(F) F6N3R FD6SS4 EC2 F6N12 N250 Modifications page 7-91 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages 7-50 and 7-95 to 7-100 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. +20% Tolerance High 900 1200 1500 2000 2500 a Type FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications. units are 3-pole width. c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. d Order neutral as separate item. e See Note: A, page 7-88. f HFD6 and HHFD6 type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC. g HACR rated. b 2-pole Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions � Black Label Type HFD6, Type HFXD6 bcdef Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number � D1 � � Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole 600V 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 HFD63B070n HFD63B080n HFD63B090n HFD63B100 HFD63B110n HFD63B125 HFD63B150 HFD63B175 HFD63B200 HFD63B225 HFD63B250 FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250 HFD63F250 Type HHFD, HHFXD6 bcdf HHFD63B070n HHFD63B080n HHFD63B090n HHFD63B100 HHFD63B110n HHFD63B125 HHFD63B150 HHFD63B175 HHFD63B200 HHFD63B225 HHFD63B250 FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250 HHFD63F250 Type CFD6-Acf Fuseless Current Limiting W � � � Figure 1 W � Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D Figure 1 FXD6-A, FD6-A, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, FD6-ETI e Figure 2 CFD6, CFD6-ETI e D1 (to handle) 4.50 09.50 4 5.25 4.50 14.25 4 5.25 Shipping Weights 3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 L � HFD62F250 L D FD62T070n FD62T080n FD62T090n FD62T100n FD62T110n FD62T125n FD62T150n FD62T175n FD62T200n FD62T225n FD62T250n � HFD62B070n HFD62B080n HFD62B090n HFD62B100n HFD62B110n HFD62B125n HFD62B150n HFD62B175n HFD62B200n HFD62B225n HFD62B250n AC, 500V DC a D 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 Red Label Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors) 2 1 08.6 3 1 10 FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only 2 1 07.5 3 1 08.7 FD6 Trip Unit Only 1 01.1 2 3 1 01.3 CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals) 3 1 16 Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 070 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number CFD63B070n CFD63B080n CFD63B090n CFD63B100n CFD63B110n CFD63B125n CFD63B150 CFD63B175 CFD63B200 CFD63B225 CFD63B250 breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6. Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of FD63T250. Order lugs separately. c Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. Product Category: MCCB d Type HFXD6, HFD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 meet the UL criteria for “Current Limiting” at 240 VAC and 480V AC. ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 17/91 for ordering information. f HACR rated. e FXD6, 17/67 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Selection Accessories: for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip AC 024 120 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S17FD60 S01FD60 S03FD60 S15FD60s S04FD60 S06FD60s S16FD60s S07FD60 S09FD60s S11FD60 S13FD60s Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 120 208 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 024 048 125 250 U01FD60 U02FD60s U03FD60 U16FD60s U06FD60s U08FD60s U13FD60 U14FD60s U10FD60s U12FD60s W01FD64 W02FD64s W03FD64s W16FD64s W06FD64s — W13FD64 W14FD64s W10FD64s W12FD64s Auxiliary Switch Combinations Voltage AC DC 240 480 12 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number A01FD62 A01FD64 A01FDLV A02FD62 A02FD64 Gold Plated Contacts for PLC use Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch Catalog Number Catalog Number B00FD64 C01FD64 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a Auxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum. Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers. 17/68 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type JXD2-Ae Ordering Information Blue Label 240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6 breakers include frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, and CJD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Rated (3-pole only) Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “H” to catalog number, and 10% to list price.n 100% rated JD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs TC1J6600 or TC2J6500. 50°C Applications see page 17/104. 400Hz Applications see page 17/104. Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 200 225 250 300 350 400 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) Catalog Number JXD22B200n JXD22B225n JXD22B250n JXD22B300 JXD22B350n JXD22B400 3-Pole Catalog Number JXD23B200 JXD23B225 JXD23B250 JXD23B300 JXD23B350 JXD23B400 Type JXD6-A ae Blue Label 600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC b Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) JXD63B200 JXD63B225 JXD63B250 JXD63B300 JXD63B350 JXD63B400 JXD62B200n JXD62B225n JXD62B250n JXD62B300 JXD62B350n JXD62B400 200 225 250 300 350 400 Blue Label Type JD6-Ae Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Catalog Number Frame Only Catalog Number Trip Unit Only Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 200 225 250 300 350 400 3-Pole 600V AC, 200 225 250 300 350 400 JD62B200n JD62B225n JD62B250n JD62B300n JD62B350n JD62B400 500V DC b JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 JD62F400 JD63B200 JD63B225 JD63B250 JD63B300 JD63B350 JD63B400 JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 JD63F400 Lugs For 75°C Wire c Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type JXD2-A JXD6-A, JD6-A HJD6-A, HJXD6-A HHJD6, HHJXD6 d CJD6-A RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 947-2 Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz) 220/240 380/415 240 480 600 250 500 b lcu lcs lcu lcs 065 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 200 100 050 — — — — — — 200 150 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — 500 lcu — — — — — lcs — — — — — Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al 1 500-600 kcmil Cu TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu TC2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Breaker Ampere Rating Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% Tolerance Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 200-300 350-400 1250 2000 1430 2290 1610 2570 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a Type JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 1790 2860 1960 3140 2140 3430 +20% Tolerance High 2320 3710 2500 4000 Note: A, page 17/101 type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC. e HACR rated. Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL.” See page 17/104 for additional information. c See d HHJD6 Product Category: MCCB Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/72 and 17/108 to 17/113 17/69 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions � Black Label Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-A bdf Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number � � D1 � Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) L JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC 200 225 250 300 350 400 HJD63B200 HJD63B225 HJD63B250 HJD63B300 HJD63B350 HJD63B400 JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 HJD63F400 Black Label Type HHJD6, HHJXD6 bdf 2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 200 225 250 300 350 400 HHJD62B200n HHJD62B225n HHJD62B250n HHJD62B300n HHJD62B350n HHJD62B400n JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 HHJD62F400n 3-Pole 600VAC 200 225 250 300 350 400 HHJD63B200 HHJD63B225 HHJD63B250 HHJD63B300 HHJD63B350 HHJD63B400 JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 HHJD63F400 � W � W � � Figure 1 � Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) To Breaker Handle Type W L D D1 Figure 1 JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, 7.5 11 HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, JXD6-ETI,c SJD6, SHJD6 4 5.44 Figure 2 CJD6, CJD6-ETI,c SCJD6 4 5.44 7.5 17.86 Enclosures (Except SCJD6) Type Catalog Number 1 3R 12 4X 7, 9 (200-250A) 7, 9 (300-400A) J6N1 J6N3R J6N12 LD6SS4 EC4 EE Neutral W60992 Shipping Weights Type CJD6-A ef Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 200 225 250 300 350 400 L D HJD62F400n � HJD62B200n HJD62B225n HJD62B250n HJD62B300n HJD62B350n HJD62B400n abe D 200 225 250 300 350 400 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker CJD63B200n CJD63B225n CJD63B250n CJD63B300n CJD63B350n CJD63B400 Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 1 17.5 2 3 1 19.5 JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only 2 1 14 3 1 15.5 JD6 Trip Unit Only 1 03.5 2 3 1 04 CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 3 1 31.5 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 2-pole units available in 3-pole construction. a When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. 17/70 b For non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6 or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs separately. Product Category: MCCB c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information. d Type HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for reverse fed applications. applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only. f HACR rated. e CE Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection Current Limiting Type SJD6-A Type SHJD6-A Type SCJD6-A Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Catalog Number SJD69200n SJD69300n SJD69400n SJD69200Gn SJD69300Gn SJD69400Gn SJD69200NTn SJD69300NTn SJD69400NTn SJD69200NGTn SJD69300NGTn SJD69400NGTn Max Current Rating 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 Catalog Number SHJD69200n SHJD69300n SHJD69400n SHJD69200Gn SHJD69300Gn SHJD69400Gn SHJD69200NTn SHJD69300NTn SHJD69400NTn SHJD69200NGTn SHJD69300NGTn SHJD69400NGTn Catalog Number SCJD69200n SCJD69300n SCJD69400n SCJD69200Gn SCJD69300Gn SCJD69400Gn SCJD69200NTn SCJD69300NTn SCJD69400NTn SCJD69200NGTn SCJD69300NGTn SCJD69400NGTn Max Current Rating 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 SJD 400A Frame – 100% Rated b Type SJD6-A Type SHJD6-A Blue Label Max Current Rating 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 Catalog Number SHJD69200Hn SHJD69300Hn SHJD69400Hn SHJD69200GHn SHJD69300GHn SHJD69400GHn SHJD69200NTHn SHJD69300NTHn SHJD69400NTHn SHJD69200NGTHn SHJD69300NGTHn SHJD69400NGTHn Shipping Weights Breaker Type Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs) SJD6-A SHJD6-A SCJD6-A 1 1 1 20 20 33 No of Cables Catalog per Con- Wire Number nector Range TA2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al 1 500–750 kcmil Al TA1L6750 1 500–600 kcmil Cu TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu TA2J630 2 #4–#3/0-Cu/Al Compression Lug CCL600 (1 pc.) #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al 3-Pole, 600V AC Catalog Number SJD69200Hn SJD69300Hn SJD69400Hn SJD69200GHn SJD69300GHn SJD69400GHn SJD69200NTHn SJD69300NTHn SJD69400NTHn SJD69200NGTHn SJD69300NGTHn SJD69400NGTHn SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for reverse connection application. SHJD6 are not acceptable for reverse connection application. Lugs for 75° C Wire a Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SJD frames is for complete breaker only – price required lugs as separate items – lugs are suitable for 75° C wire. 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 Ordering Information Max Current Rating 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 200 300 400 Neutral Transformers Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Short Time Ground Ground Fault Fault l2t Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI u u G LIG u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u Ampere Rating Catalog Number 200 300 400 N02SJD N03SJD N04SJD u u u u u Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848) 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SJD6-A SHJD6-A SCJD6-A 065 100 200 035 065 150 025 035 100 Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101. to the NEC for proper application of 100% rated devices. a For bR efer Product Category: MCCB Accessories pages 17-72 and17/108 to 17/113 17/71 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Selections Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 024 048 120 240 277 480 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6 S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s — — S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As — S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Sensitrip Ammeter Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC 120 208 240 480 Catalog Number U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s Catalog Number U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As Catalog Number U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs DC 024 048 125 250 Auxiliary Switch Combinations The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. 17/72 Maximum Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C AC Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 480 — 250 12 A01JLD64 A01JLDLV A02JLD64 A02JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description SJD, SLD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit Catalog Number SADU SADURMK18 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection Blue Label Type LXD6-A ad Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40° C 450 500 600 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole 600V AC 600V AC 250V DC 500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number LXD62B450n LXD62B500n LXD62B600 LXD63B450 LXD63B500 LXD63B600 Blue Label Type LD6-Ad Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Catalog Number Frame Only Catalog Number Trip Unit Only Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 3-Pole 600V AC, 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 LD62B250n LD62B300n LD62B350n LD62B400 LD62B450n LD62B500n LD62B600 500V DC b LD63B250 LD63B300 LD63B350 LD63B400 LD63B450 LD63B500 LD63B600 LD62F600 JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 LD62T450n LD62T500n LD62T600 LD63F600 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 LD63T450 LD63T500 LD63T600 RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 947-2 Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) Breaker Type 240 480 600 250 500 c 220/240 380/415 (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) LD6-A, LXD6-A 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 HLD6-A, HLXD6-A 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 HHLD6, HHLXD6 200 100 050 — — — — — — CLD6-A 200 150 100 — 50 (3-P) — — — — Shipping Weights 500 (lcu) (lcs) — — — — — — — — Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% Tolerance Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 +20% Tolerance High 2500 4000 6000 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications. wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c See Note: A, page 17/101. d HACR rated. Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”. See page 17/104 for additional information. a Type b When Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/76 and 17/108 to 17/113 Product Category: MCCB Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6, and CLD6 include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Rated (3-pole only) Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “H” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated LD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs TC1J6600 or TC2J6500. 50°C Applications see page 17/104. 400Hz Applications see page 17/104. Interrupting Ratings Breaker Ampere Rating 250-300 350-450 500-600 Ordering Information Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 2 1 17.5 1 19.5 3 LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only 1 14 2 3 1 15.5 LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only 2 1 03.5 3 1 04 CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 3 1 31.5 Lugs For 75°C Wire c Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0 500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0 500 kcmil Al TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al 1 500-600 kcmil Cu TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al 17/73 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Black Label Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-Abcf Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number � � D1 � 3-Pole 600V AC, 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 HLD62B250n HLD62B300n HLD62B350n HLD62B400n HLD62B450n HLD62B500n HLD62B600n 500V DC ae HLD62F600n HLD63B250 HLD63B300 HLD63B350 HLD63B400 HLD63B450 HLD63B500 HLD63B600 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 LD63T450 LD63T500 LD63T600 HLD63F600 Black Label Type HHLD6, HHLXD6bcf 2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 HHLD62B250n HHLD62B300n HHLD62B350n HHLD62B400n HHLD62B450n HHLD62B500n HHLD62B600n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 HHLD62T450n HHLD62T500n HHLD62T600n HHLD62F600n 3-Pole 600V AC 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 HHLD63B250 HHLD63B300 HHLD63B350 HHLD63B400 HHLD63B450n HHLD63B500n HHLD63B600n L JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 LD62T450n LD62T500n LD62T600 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 HHLD63T450n HHLD63T500n HHLD63T600n HHLD63F600 L � 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 � 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) W � � � Figure 1 D � � W � � � D Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D Figure 1 LXD6-A, LD6-A HLD6-A HHLD6, HHLXD6, LXD6–ETI,d SLD6, SHLD6 Figure 2 CLD6, CLD6-ETI,d SCLD6 7.5 11 To Handle D1 4 5.44 7.5 17.86 4 5.44 Enclosures: (except SCLD6) Type Catalog Number 1 3R 12 4X 7,9 LD6N1 LD6N3R LD6N12 LD6SS4 ED6 Neutral W60993 Type CLD6-Acf Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 450 500 600 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker CLD63B450n CLD63B500 CLD63B600 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. 17/74 b For complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the terminal connectors separately. Product Category: MCCB cType HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information. e CE Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only. rated. f HACR Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection Type SLD6-A Current Limiting Type SHLD6-A Blue Label Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SLD frames is for complete breaker only – price required lugs as separate items – lugs are suitable for 75° C wire. Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Catalog Number SLD69300n SLD69400n SLD69500n SLD69600n SLD69300Gn SLD69400Gn SLD69500Gn SLD69600Gn SLD69300NTn SLD69400NTn SLD69500NTn SLD69600NTn SLD69300NGTn SLD69400NGTn SLD69500NGTn SLD69600NGTn Ordering Information Type SCLD6-A 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 Catalog Number SHLD69300n SHLD69400n SHLD69500n SHLD69600n SHLD69300Gn SHLD69400Gn SHLD69500Gn SHLD69600Gn SHLD69300NTn SHLD69400NTn SHLD69500NTn SHLD69600NTn SHLD69300NGTn SHLD69400NGTn SHLD69500NGTn SHLD69600NGTn Catalog Number SCLD69300n SCLD69400n SCLD69500n SCLD69600n SCLD69300Gn SCLD69400Gn SCLD69500Gn SCLD69600Gn SCLD69300NTn SCLD69400NTn SCLD69500NTn SCLD69600NTn SCLD69300NGTn SCLD69400NGTn SCLD69500NGTn SCLD69600NGTn Max Current Rating 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Short Time Ground Ground Fault Fault l2t Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI u u G LIG u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for reverse connection application. SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse connection application. Shipping Weights Breaker Type Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs) SLD6-A SHLD6-A SCLD6-A 1 1 1 20 20 33 Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating Catalog Number N03SJD N04SJD N05SLD N06SLD 300 400 500 600 u u u u u Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848) 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SLD6-A SHLD6-A SCLD6-A 065 100 200 035 065 150 025 035 100 Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog For ordering information and terminal connectors see page 17/73; for enclosures, see page 17/74. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame. Product Category: MCCB 17/75 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 024 048 120 240 277 480 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6 S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s — — S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As — S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Sensitrip Ammeter Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC 120 208 240 480 Catalog Number U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s Catalog Number U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As Catalog Number U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs DC 024 048 125 250 Auxiliary Switch Combinations The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Maximum Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C AC Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 480 — 250 12 A01JLD64 A01JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber B01JLD64 Breaker Type Description The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. SJD, SLD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit 17/76 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Ammeter Mounting Kit Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. A02JLD64 A02JLDLV Catalog Number SADU SADURMK18 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Blue Label Type LMXD6 ad Ordering Information Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 2-Pole (3-Pole Width) Catalog Number 3-Pole Catalog Number — LMXD62B600n LMXD62B700n LMXD62B800 500 600 700 800 LMXD63B500n LMXD63B600 LMXD63B700 LMXD63B800 Blue Label Type LMD6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 500 600 700 800 LMD62B500n LMD62B600n LMD62B700n LMD62B800n LMD62T500n LMD62T600n LMD62T700n LMD62T800n LMD62F800n LMD63B500n LMD63B600n LMD63B700n LMD63B800 Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50°C Applications see page 17/104. 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b 500 600 700 800 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). These catalog numbers include the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. LMD63T500n LMD63T600n LMD63T700n LMD63T800 LMD63F800 400Hz Applications see page 17/104. Shipping Weights Number of Poles Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Ampere Rating 500-600 700-800 Nominal Instantaneous Values Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tolerance 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 Number per Carton Shipping Weight (lbs.) LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6 Complete Breaker (less terminals) High +/- 20% Tolerance 6000 8000 1 1 2 3 53 61.5 LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only 1 1 2 3 42.25 46 LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only 1 1 2 3 4.5 6.5 Lugsc for 75°C Wire Catalog Number TA2K500 TA3K500 TA2N750 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a LMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connected applications. bWhen wired as shown on page 17-5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog c See Cables per Wire Lug Range 1, 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al #1/0-500 kcmil Cu / Al 1-3 500-750 kcmil Cu / Al 1, 2 Note: A, page 17/101. d HACR rated. Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113 Product Category: MCCB 17/77 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Black Label Type HLMXD6 ad Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 500 600 700 800 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker HLMXD63B500n HLMXD63B600n HLMXD63B700n HLMXD63B800 Black Label Type HLMD6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 500 600 700 800 HLMD62B500n HLMD62B600n HLMD62B700n HLMD62B800n HLMD62F800n LMD62T500n LMD62T600n LMD62T700n LMD62T800n HLMD63F800 LMD63T500 n LMD63T600 n LMD63T700 n LMD63T800 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 500 600 700 800 HLMD63B500 HLMD63B600 HLMD63B700 HLMD63B800 Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type LMD6, LMXD6 HLMD6, HLMXD6 UL 489A IR RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC Volts DC 240 480 600 250 500 d 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 100 065 050 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type LMD6, LMXD6, HLMD6, HLMXD6 LMXD6-ETI b W L D D1 7.5 16 4.5 5.93 Enclosures Type Catalog Number 1 3R 12 LMD1 LMD3R LMD12n Neutral W63623 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a HLMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b LMXD6-ETI, see page 17/91 for catalog information. 17/78 c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. d HACR rated. Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 024 048 120 240 277 480 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6 S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s — — S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As — S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Sensitrip Ammeter Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC 120 208 240 480 Catalog Number U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s Catalog Number U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As Catalog Number U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs DC 024 048 125 250 Auxiliary Switch Combinations The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Maximum Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C AC Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 480 — 250 12 A01JLD64 A01JLDLV A02JLD64 A02JLDLV Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description SJD, SLD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit Catalog Number SADU SADURMK18 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Product Category: MCCB 17/79 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection Blue Label Type MXD6 af Ordering Information Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 600 700 800 2-Poleb 3-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number MXD62B600n MXD62B700n MXD62B800n MXD63B600 MXD63B700 MXD63B800 Blue Label Type MD6 f Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Catalog Number b Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number MD62F800n MD62T500n MD62T600n MD62T700n MD62T800n MD63F800 MD63T500 MD63T600 MD63T700 MD63T800 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC 500 600 700 800 MD62B500n MD62B600n MD62B700n MD62B800n c 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC 500 600 700 800 MD63B500 MD63B600 MD63B700 MD63B800 Lugs d Catalog Number Cables Per Lug Lugs Per Kit Wire Range TA2K500 TA3K500 TC2K500 TC3K350 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-3 1 1 1 1 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu #1-350 kcmil Cu 2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750 1-2 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 3 2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750 1-3 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 3 2TA4N8500 3TA4N8500 1-4 2 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 3 2TA4P8500 1-4 3TA4P8500 2 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 3 50°C Applications see page 17/104. 400Hz Applications see page 17/104. Kits Shipping Weights Number of Number per Poles Carton MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 Complete Breaker Assembled (less lugs) 1 2 3 1 2 3 Nominal Instantaneous Values Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tolerance 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a MXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. cWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. 17/80 Shipping Weight (lbs.) 53 61.5 MD6, HMD6 Frame Only Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Ampere Rating 500 600–800 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Pricing information for MD6 and HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Ratede Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “H” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated MD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs 3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750. 1 1 42.25 46 MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only High +/- 20% Tolerance 6000 8000 Note: A, page 17/101. rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 100% rated version. f HACR rated. Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. See page 17/104 for additional information. 2 3 1 1 4.5 6.5 Enclosures Type Catalog Number 1 3R 12 MND61 MND63 MND612n Neutral W63623 d See e 80% Product Category: MCCB Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Black Label Type HMXD6 ae Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 600 700 800 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number HMXD63B600n HMXD63B700n HMXD63B800 For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker Black Label Type HMD6 e Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number HMD62F800n MD62T500n MD62T600n MD62T700n MD62T800n HMD63F800 MD63T500 MD63T600 MD63T700 MD63T800 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 3-Pole 600V AC, HMD62B500n HMD62B600n HMD62B700n HMD62B800n 500V DC d 500 600 700 800 HMD63B500 HMD63B600 HMD63B700 HMD63B800 500 600 700 800 Type CMD6 ae Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 600 700 800 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Lug When wire lug shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. CMD63B600n CMD63B700n CMD63B800 For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker Dimensions (in inches) Interrupting Ratings UL 489 AIR—File E10848 IEC 947-2 AIR RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60HZ) Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 380/415 500 Breaker Type MD6, MXD6 240 065 480 050 600 25 (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs 250 500 d 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — — HMD6, HMXD6 CMD6 100 200 065 100 50 65 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — — Breaker Type W L D (To Handle) D1 MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6, MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI, SMD6, SHMD6, and SCMD6 9 16 6 8.25 with lug shields 9 24 6 8.25 — — For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a HMXD6 and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 17/91 for catalog information. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog d When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. e HACR rated. 17/81 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesc Selection Type SMD6 Type SHMD6 Blue Label Type SMD6 Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 Catalog Number SHMD69600An SHMD69700An SHMD69800An SHMD69600AGn SHMD69700AGn SHMD69800AGn SHMD69600ANTn SHMD69700ANTn SHMD69800ANTn SHMD69600ANGTn SHMD69700ANGTn SHMD69800ANGTn Rated a Current Limiting Type SCMD6-A Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating Catalog Number SHMD69600AHn SHMD69700AHn SHMD69800AHn SHMD69600AGHn SHMD69700AGHn SHMD69800AGHn SHMD69600ANTHn SHMD69700ANTHn SHMD69800ANTHn SHMD69600ANGTHn SHMD69700ANGTHn SHMD69800ANGTHn Max Current Rating Catalog Number SCMD69600AHn SCMD69700AHn SCMD69800AHn SCMD69600AGHn SCMD69700AGHn SCMD69800AGHn SCMD69600ANTHn SCMD69700ANTHn SCMD69800ANTHn SCMD69600ANGTHn SCMD69700ANGTHn SCMD69800ANGTHn 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Letter Trip Code Type Cont Current Setting Long Time Delay Instan- taneous Setting Short Time Pick Up Short Time Delay A LI u u u AG LIG u u u ANT LSI u u u u u ANGT LSIG u u u u u Connector or Connector Kit MD MD 500–600 700–800 TA2K500 TA3K500 ypes SMD6 and SHMD6 are acceptable for T reverse connection applications. Shipping Weights Breaker Type Number per Shipping Carton Weight (lbs) All types 1 61.5 Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA2K500 TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu Kits (3 lugs/kit) 4 250–500 kcmil Cu/Al 3TA4N8500 3TA4P8500 4 250–500 kcmil Cu/Al 3TA2N8750 2 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al 3TA3N8750 3 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al Each kit contains the following: 3TA4P8500—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA3N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA2N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier Neutral Transformers Ampere Rating Catalog Number 0600 0700 0800 N06SMDA N07SMDA N08SMDA u Enclosures u u Type Catalog Number 1 3R 12 MND61 MND63 MND612 Neutral W63623 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SMD6 SHMD6 SCMD6 065 100 200 050 065 100 25 50 65 17/82 Ampere Rating u Breaker Type n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. Breaker Frame Ground Fault Delay Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Ground Fault Pick Up Interrupting Ratings Information Lugs for 75°C Wire b Red Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating Max Current Rating 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 Catalog Number SCMD69600An SCMD69700An SCMD69800An SCMD69600AGn SCMD69700AGn SCMD69800AGn SCMD69600ANTn SCMD69700ANTn SCMD69800ANTn SCMD69600ANGTn SCMD69700ANGTn SCMD69800ANGTn Type SHMD6 Blue Label SMD69600AHn SMD69700AHn SMD69800AHn SMD69600AGHn SMD69700AGHn SMD69800AGHn SMD69600ANTHn SMD69700ANTHn SMD69800ANTHn SMD69600ANGTHn SMD69700ANGTHn SMD69800ANGTHn Type SCMD6-A Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series MD frames is for complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suitable for 75°C wire or as noted. Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose actual connector for circuit breakers based on customer requirements. Recommended Terminal Connectors 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 600 700 800 SMD 800A Frame – 100% Catalog Number Ordering Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Catalog Number SMD69600An SMD69700An SMD69800An SMD69600AGn SMD69700AGn SMD69800AGn SMD69600ANTn SMD69700ANTn SMD69800ANTn SMD69600ANGTn SMD69700ANGTn SMD69800ANGTn Current Limiting RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848) a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 75°C ampacity. b For additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101. c SMD6, SHMD6 and SCMD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. Product Category: MCCB Accessories pages 17/90 and 17/108 to 17/113 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Selection Ordering Information Blue Label Type NXD6 ah Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 0900 1000 1200 NXD62B900n NXD62B100n NXD62B120n NXD63B900 NXD63B100 NXD63B120 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog numbers are the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and CND6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required terminal connectors separately. For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lug kit). 100% Rated (3-Pole only)g Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order, add suffix “H” to catalog number, and add 10% to list price. 100% rated ND breakers require 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500 or 3TA3N8750. Blue Label Type ND6 h Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 0800 0900 1000 1200 ND62B800n ND62B900n ND62B100n ND62B120 ND62F120 MD62T800n ND62T900n ND62T100n ND62T120 ND63F120 MD63T800 ND63T900 ND63T100 ND63T120 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 0800 0900 1000 1200 ND63B800 ND63B900 ND63B100 ND63B120 Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 A IR Volts AC Volts DC Breaker Type 240 480 600 250 500 c ND6, NXD6 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) HND6, HNXD6 100 65 50 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) CND6 200 100 65 — 50 (3-P) 50°C Applications see page 17/104. IEC 947-2 Volts AC (50/60HZ) 220/240 380/415 (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) 65 33 40 20 100 50 65 33 — — — — 400Hz Applications see page 17/104. 500 (lcu) — — — (lcs) — — — Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Nominal Instantaneous Values Breaker Ampere Rating +20% Tolerance Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 +20% Tolerance High 800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 08000 900-1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 Lugs f Catalog Cables Wire Number per Lug Range 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al TA2K500 TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu Kits (2 Kits required per breaker) 2TA4P8500 d 4 250-500 kcmil Cu / Al 3TA4P8500 d e 2TA4N8500 4 250-500 kcmil Cu / Al 3TA4N8500 e 2TA2N8750 2 500-750 kcmil Cu / Al 3TA2N8750 2TA3N8750 3 500-750 kcmil Cu / Al 3TA3N8750 Enclosures Type 1 3R 12 Neutral n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a NXD6 circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. d Use 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500 kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated breakers. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for 2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable. Note: A, page 17/101. g 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 100% rated version. h HACR rated. Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. See page 17/104 for additional information. Catalog Number MND61 MND63 MND612 n W63623 e Use f See Product Category: MCCB Modifications page 17/104 Accessories pages 17/86 and 17/108 to 17/113 17/83 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions Type HNXD6 ad Black Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 0900 1000 1200 2-Pole 600V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 600V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Catalog Number For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker HNXD63B900 HNXD63B100 HNXD63B120 Black Label Type HND6 d Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 0800 0900 1000 1200 For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker 3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 0800 0900 1000 1200 HND63B800 HND63B900 HND63B100 HND63B120 MD63T800 ND63T900 ND63T100 ND63T120 HND63F120 Type CND6 ad Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 0900 1000 1200 2-Pole 3-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number For 2-pole application, use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker CND63B900n CND63B100 CND63B120 Lugs When lugs shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. Dimensions (in inches) Shipping Weights Breaker Type W L D Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 2 1 53 3 1 61.5 ND6, HND6 Frame Only 2 1 42.25 3 1 46 ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only 2 1 04.5 3 1 06.5 D1 ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6, 9 SND6, SHND6, and SCND6 16 6 8.25 with NDTS lug shield 24 6 8.25 9 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a HNXD6 and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. 17/84 c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. d HACR rated. Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesb Selection Current Limiting Type SND6 Blue Label Red Label Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Catalog Number SND69800An SND69100An SND69120An SND69800AGn SND69100AGn SND69120AGn SND69800ANTn SND69100ANTn SND69120ANTn SND69800ANGTn SND69100ANGTn SND69120ANGTn Type SCND6-A Type SHND6 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 Catalog Number SHND69800An SHND69100An SHND69120An SHND69800AGn SHND69100AGn SHND69120AGn SHND69800ANTn SHND69100ANTn SHND69120ANTn SHND69800ANGTn SHND69100ANGTn SHND69120ANGTn Max Current Rating 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 Catalog Number SCND69800An SCND69100An SCND69120An SCND69800AGn SCND69100AGn SCND69120AGn SCND69800ANTn SCND69100ANTn SCND69120ANTn SCND69800ANGTn SCND69100ANGTn SCND69120ANGTn SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rated a Type SND6 Type SHND6 Blue Label Catalog Number SND69800AHn SND69100AHn SND69120AHn SND69800AGHn SND69100AGHn SND69120AGHn SND69800ANTHn SND69100ANTHn SND69120ANTHn SND69800ANGTHn SND69100ANGTHn SND69120ANGTHn Current Limiting Type SCND6-A Red Label Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 Max Current Rating 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating 800 SHND69800AHn 1000 SHND69100AHn 1200 SHND69120AHn 800 SHND69800AGHn 1000 SHND69100AGHn 1200 SHND69120AGHn 800 SHND69800ANTHn 1000 SHND69100ANTHn 1200 SHND69120ANTHn 800 SHND69800ANGTHn SHND69100ANGTHn 1000 SHND69120ANGTHn 1200 Catalog Number SCND69800AHn SCND69100AHn SCND69120AHn SCND69800AGHn SCND69100AGHn SCND69120AGHn SCND69800ANTHn SCND69100ANTHn SCND69120ANTHn SCND69800ANGTHn SCND69100ANGTHn SCND69120ANGTHn Max Current Rating 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 800 1000 1200 Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Short Time Ground Ground Fault Fault l2t Pick Up Pick Up Delay A LI u u AG LIG u u u ANT LSI u u u u u u ANGT LSIG u u u u u u u u u u u Neutral Transformers Interrupting Ratings Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC SND6 SHND6 SCND6 065 100 200 050 065 100 25 50 65 Ampere Rating Catalog Number 0800 1000 1200 N08SMDA N10SNDA N12SNDA For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. For ordering information and terminal connectors, and enclosures, see page 17/83. Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 75°C ampacity. b SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. Product Category: MCCB 17/85 Molded Case Circuit Breaker Internal Accessories Selection Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 1600A Frame RD 2000A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 120 208 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S01MN6 S02MN6s S03MN6 S15MN6s S04MN6s S06MN6s S16MN6s S07MN6 S09MN6s S11MN6 S13MN6s S01MN64A — S03MN64As S15MN64As S04MN64As — S16MN64As S07MN64A — S11MN64As S13MN64As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC 120 208 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 024 048 125 250 U01MN6 U02MN6s U03MN6s U15MN6s U04MN6s U06MN6s U07MN6 U09MN6s U11MN6s U13MN6s U01MN64A U02MN64As U03MN64As U15MN64As U04MN64As — U07MN64A U09MN64As U11MN64As U13MN64As U01MN64AA U02MN64AAs U03MN64AAs U15MN64AAs U04MN64AAs — U07MN64AA U09MN64AAs U11MN64AAs U13MN64AAs Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C AC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN64 A01MNDLVs A02MN64 A02MNDLVs DC 480 — 250 12 Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description SMD, SND, SPD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit Catalog Number SADU SADURMK18 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. 17/86 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type PXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V Blue Label DC a Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/ Trip Unit Only) Catalog Number PXD63B120n PXD63B140n PXD63B160 Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1200 1400 1600 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number TA5P600 Type PD6 Interchangeable Trip e Blue Label 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1200 1400 1600 Complete Breaker Unassembled Catalog Number PD63B120n PD63B140 PD63B160 Frame Only Catalog Number Trip Unit Only Catalog Number PD63T120n PD63T140 PD63T160 PD63F160 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number TA5P600 Type HPXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e Blue Label 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Catalog Number HPXD63B120n HPXD63B140n HPXD63B160 Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1200 1400 1600 Type HPD6 Interchangeable Trip e Black Label 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1200 1400 1600 Complete Breaker Unassembled Catalog Number HPD63B120n HPD63B140 HPD63B160 Frame Only Catalog Number Trip Unit Only Catalog Number PD63T120n PD63T140 PD63T160 HPD63F160 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6 type breakers include frame, trip, mounting base (MB9301), and both line and load lugs (PD Frame – TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, mounting assembly and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different mounting base or lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6 and CPD6 type breakers include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required mounting base and lugs separately. 100% Rated (3-Pole only) Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “H” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% PD breakers require 90˚ C cable sized at 75˚ C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs. RD 2000A Frames not available with 100% ratings. 50°C Applications see page 17/104. 400HZ Applications see page 17/104. Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number TA5P600 Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Trip e Fuseless Current Limiting 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Ordering Instructions Red Label Lugs (6 required per breaker)d Catalog Number TA5P600 TC5R600 TA4P750s TA6R600 No of Cables per Connector 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-6 Wire Range 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 300-600 kcmil Cu only 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Catalog Number CPD63B120n CPD63B140n CPD63B160n Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1200 1400 1600 Interrupting Ratings UL 489 A IR RMS Symmetrical KA Breaker Type Volts AC PD6, PXD6 240 480 65 50 Volts DC a 600 250 500 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P) HPD6, HPXD6 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P) CPD6 200 100 65 30 (2P) 50 (3P) n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. d For additional information See Note: A, page 17/101. c PXD6, e HACR rated. Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. See page 17/104 for additional information. 17/87 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection/Dimensions Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal connectors as separate items. SPD6 and SHPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications. Type SPD6 Type SHPD6 Blue Label Black Label 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC Max Current Rating 1400 1600 1400 1600 1400 1600 1400 1600 Catalog Number SPD69140n SPD69160n SPD69140Gn SPD69160Gn SPD69140NTn SPD69160NTn SPD69140NGTn SPD69160NGTn Max Current Rating 1400 1600 1400 1600 1400 1600 1400 1600 Catalog Number SHPD69140n SHPD69160n SHPD69140Gn SHPD69160Gn SHPD69140NTn SHPD69160NTn SHPD69140NGTn SHPD69160NGTn Lugsa No. of Catalog Cables per Wire Number Connector Range 300–600 kcmil Cu/Al TA5P600 1–5 pcs. TC5R600 1–5 pcs. TA6R600 1–6 pcs. 300–600 kcmil Cu Only 300–600 kcmil Cu/Al Neutral Transformers Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Short Time Ground Ground Fault Fault l2t Pick Up Pick Up Delay LI u u u G LIG u u u NT LSI u u u u u u NGT LSIG u u u u u u SPD6 SHPD6 1400 1600 N14SPD N16SPD u Type Catalog Number u u 1 PRD6N1 Mounting Block (Required)b Breaker Type u Interrupting Ratings Ampere Rating Catalog Number Enclosure None RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC Catalog Number 065 100 050 065 025 050 MB9301 MBR9302 All PD, RD Frames: MB9301 (shown) MBR9302 MBR9302 MB9301 MBR9302 MB9301 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101. bThe PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into service. a For 17/88 Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type RXD6 d Blue Label 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs) Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/ Trip Unit Only) Catalog Number RXD63B160 RXD63B180 RXD63B200 Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1600 1800 2000 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number TC5R600 Type RD6 d Blue Label 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs) Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1600 1800 2000 Complete Breaker Unassembled Catalog Number RD63B160n RD63B180 RD63B200 Frame Only Catalog Number RD63F200 Trip Unit Only Catalog Number RD63T160n RD63T180 RD63T200 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 TC5R600 Black Label Type HRXD6 d Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Catalog Number HRXD63B160n HRXD63B180n HRXD63B200 Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1600 1800 2000 Black Label Type HRD6 d Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C 1600 1800 2000 Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number Complete Breaker Unassembled Catalog Number HRD63B160n HRD63B180 HRD63B200 Frame Only Catalog Number HRD63F200 Trip Unit Only Catalog Number RD63T160n RD63T180 RD63T200 Mounting Assembly Catalog Number MB9301 -orMBR9302 Lugs (6 required) Catalog Number TC5R600 RMS Symmetrical KA Breaker Type Volts AC RD6, RXD6 HRD6, HRXD6 Volts DC a 240 480 600 250 500 65 50 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P) 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P) Connection Points MB9301 MBR9302 Front Rear Shipping Weights Number of Number per Poles Carton PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6, Assembled Breakers 3 1 PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6 Frame Only 3 1 PD6, RD6 Trip Unit Only 3 1 Mounting Assembly MB9301 1 MBR9302 1 Catalog Number TC5R600 TA6R600 UL 489 A IR Catalog Number Shipping Weight (lbs.) CPD6 61.5 55.0 06.5 53.0 50.9 Lugs (6 required per breaker)e Interrupting Ratings Mounting Block No of Cables per Connector Wire Range 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only 1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames) Breaker Ampere Rating 1200-2000 Nominal Instantaneous Values +20% Tolerance Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9790 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V DC applications. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b When +20% Tolerance High 10,000 wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. c RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. Product Category: MCCB d HACR rated. additional information See Note: A, page 17/101 Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. See page 17/104 for additional information. For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see page 17/88. e For 17/89 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Selection/Dimensions Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 1600A Frame RD 2000A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch AC 120 208 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 012 024 048 125 250 S01MN6 S02MN6s S03MN6 S15MN6s S04MN6s S06MN6s S16MN6s S07MN6 S09MN6s S11MN6 S13MN6s S01MN64A — S03MN64As S15MN64As S04MN64As — S16MN64As S07MN64A — S11MN64As S13MN64As Undervoltage Trip Combinations Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches AC 120 208 240 277 480 600 Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number DC 024 048 125 250 Sensitrip Ammeter U01MN6 U02MN6s U03MN6s U15MN6s U04MN6s U06MN6s U07MN6 U09MN6s U11MN6s U13MN6s U01MN64A U02MN64As U03MN64As U15MN64As U04MN64As — U07MN64A U09MN64As U11MN64As U13MN64As U01MN64AA U02MN64AAs U03MN64AAs U15MN64AAs U04MN64AAs — U07MN64AA U09MN64AAs U11MN64AAs U13MN64AAs Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C AC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN64 A01MNDLVs A02MN64 A02MNDLVs DC 480 — 250 12 Alarm Switch Combinations The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Maximum Voltage AC 480 DC 250 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Description SMD, SND, SPD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit Catalog Number SADU SADURMK18 Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. 17/90 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector Selection Instantaneous Trip Range b Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs e Breaker Ampere Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Rating Minimum c Maximum c 2-Pole 3-Pole 600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 250V DC d 600V AC 250V DC d 600V AC 250V DC a 600V AC 250V DC a 600V AC 250V DC a 600V AC 250V DC a 600V AC 250V DC d 600V AC 250V DC d 600V AC 250V DC HEM ED6-A CED6-A FXD6 CFD6 JXD6(A) CJD6 LXD6(A) CLD6 LMXD6 MXD6 d 600V AC 250V DC CMD6 3 9 33 — 7 021 77 — 015 045 165 — 030 090 330 — 50 0150 550 — 70 0210 770 — 0100 0300 1100 — SHIPPING: 001 002.6 00009 — 002 007 00022 — 003 010 00035 — 005 016 00054 — 010 030 00100 — 025 055 00180 — 030 080 00270 — 040 115 00375 — 050 180 00600 — 100 315 01000 — 125 500 01250 — SHIPPING: 001 002.6 00009 — 002 007 00022 — 003 010 00035 — 005 016 00054 — 010 030 00100 — 025 055 00180 — 030 080 00270 — 040 115 00375 — 050 180 00600 — 100 315 01000 — 125 500 01250 — SHIPPING: 150 0400 00800 — 150 0800 01500 — 150 1100 02500 — 250 1100 02500 — SHIPPING: 0 150 0400 00800 — 150 0800 01500 — 150 1100 02500 — 250 1100 02500 — SHIPPING: 12 lbs. each 400 1250 02500 — 400 2000 04000 JXD62H400n SHIPPING: 16 lbs. each 400 1250 02500 — 04000 — 400 2000 SHIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 600 2000 04000 LXD62L600n 600 3000 06000 — SHIPPING: 16 lbs. each 600 2000 04000 — 600 3000 06000 — SHIPPING: 800 2800 06000 — 800 3200 08000 — SHIPPING: 800 3000 06000 — 800 4000 08000 — 800 5000 10000 — SHIPPING: 800 3000 06000 — 800 4000 08000 — 800 5000 10000 — SHIPPING: Important Information ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors. e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s. n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a 2-pole available in 3-pole width only. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b When applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase approximately +15 to 20%. -20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other set- c Tolerance Product Category: MCCB HEM3M003L HEM3M007L HEM3M015L HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M070L HEM3M100L 3.7 lbs. each ED63A001 ED63A002 ED63A003 ED63A005 ED63A010 ED63A025 ED63A030 ED63A040 ED63A050 ED63A100 ED63A125 03.8 lbs. each CED63A001n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED63A010n CED63A025n CED63A030n CED63A040n CED63A050n CED63A100n CED63A125n 06 lbs. each FXD63L150n FXD63A150 FXD63H150 FXD63A250 09 lbs. each CFD63L150n CFD63A150n CFD63H150n CFD63A250n 12 lbs. each JXD63L400 JXD63H400 20 lbs. each CJD63L400n CJD63H400n 31.5 lbs. each LXD63L600n LXD63H600 20 lbs. each CLD63L600n CLD63H600n 31.5 lbs. each LMXD63L800n LMXD63A800 35 lbs. each MXD63L800n MXD63A800n MXD63H800 33 lbs. each CMD63L800n CMD63A800n CMD63H800n 80 lbs. each Lug Information pages 17/101 to 17/103 Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113 Application data pages 17/92 to 17/93 tings are -20%/+20% 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. d For 17/91 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuits Application General continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip-setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load currents. The suggested trip settings may have to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full load current for design E motors, to allow for motor start-up due to inrush currents. Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current-protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous-current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full-load current. The recommended motor circuit protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous only circuit breakers) listed have Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens ETI motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor-inrush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protective device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters). Motor Full Load Catalog Amperes Number ETI Trip Setting Adjustment Amperes Motor Full Catalog Load Amperes Number ETI Trip Setting Adjustment Amperes Motor Full Catalog Load Amperes Number ETI Trip Setting Adjustment Amperes A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) A (min) B C D E F (max) Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 3 4 High Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 4 6 7 High 95.00 – 110.00 110.00 – 124.00 138.00 – 151.00 JXD63L400 165.00 – 178.00 CJD63L400 178.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00 154.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 JXD63H400 264.00 – 285.00 CJD63H400 285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00 155.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 LXD63L600 264.00 – 285.00 CLD63L600 285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00 231.00 – 264.00 264.00 – 292.00 330.00 – 362.00 LXD63H600 395.00 – 428.00 CLD63H600 428.99 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00 215.00 – 238.00 238.00 – 261.00 261.00 – 284.00 308.00 – 369.00 LMXD63L800 369.00 – 423.00 423.00 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00 246.00 – 269.00 269.00 – 284.00 284.00 – 323.00 362.00 – 492.00 LMXD63A800 492.00 – 562.00 562.00 – 616.00 616.00 – 660.00 231.00 – 264.00 264.00 – 292.00 292.00 – 330.00 362.00 – 395.00 MXD63L800 428.00 – 462.00 CMD63L800 462.00 – 490.00 308.00 – 352.00 352.00 – 442.00 442.00 – 447.00 483.00 – 527.00 MXD63A800 571.00 – 616.00 CMD63A800 616.00 – 660.00 385.00 – 440.00 495.00 – 550.00 MXD63H800 605.00 – 660.00 CMD63H800 660.00 – 695.00 Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 4 6 7 High Low 2 3 5 6 7 High Low 2 3 5 6 7 High Low 2 3 5 7 High Low 2 3 5 7 High Low 3 5 6 0.69 – 1.1 – 1.6 – 2.0 – 2.3 – 2.6 – 1.5 – 2.6 – 3.7 – 4.8 – 5.3 – 5.8 – 3.4 – 5.7 – 8.0 – 10.4 – 11.5 – 12.7 – 3.9 – 11.5 – 16.1 – 20.7 – 23.0 – 25.3 – 11.5 – 19.2 – 26.9 – 34.6 – 38.4 – 42.2 – 16.1 – 26.9 – 37.6 – 48.4 – 53.8 – 59.2 – 23.0 – 38.4 – 53.8 – 69.2 – 76.9 – 84.6 – .20 – .34 – .46 – .57 – .69 – .53 – .84 – 1.15 – 1.46 – 1.69 – .76 – 1.30 – 1.76 – 2.30 – 2.69 – 0.91 1.3 1.7 2.2 HEM3M003L 2.5 2.8 2.0 3.1 3.9 5.2 HEM3M007L 5.7 6.1 4.5 6.8 9.1 11.4 HEM3M015L 12.6 13.0 9.1 13.7 18.3 22.9 HEM3M030L 25.2 26.1 15.2 22.9 30.6 38.3 HEM3M050L 42.1 43.5 30.6 32.2 42.9 53.7 HEM3M070L 59.1 60.9 30.9 46.0 61.4 76.8 HEM3M100L 84.5 87.0 .33 .45 .56 ED63A001 .68 CED63A001 .81 .83 1.14 1.45 ED63A002 1.68 CED63A002 2.00 1.29 1.75 2.29 ED63A003 2.68 CED63A003 3.18 9 15 21 27 30 33 21 35 49 63 70 77 45 75 100 135 150 165 90 150 210 270 300 330 150 250 350 450 500 550 210 350 490 630 700 770 300 500 700 900 1000 1100 2.6 4.5 6 7.5 9 7 11 15 19 22 10 17 23 30 35 1.23 – 1.99 2.00 – 2.75 2.76 – 3.52 ED63A005 3.53 – 4.14 CED63A005 4.15 – 4.90 2.30 – 3.83 3.84 – 5.37 5.38 – 6.52 ED63A010 6.53 – 7.68 CED63A010 7.69 – 9.10 4.23 – 6.91 6.92 – 9.61 9.62 – 11.91 ED63A025 11.92 – 13.83 CED63A025 13.84 – 16.40 6.15 – 10.37 10.38 – 14.22 14.23 – 18.06 ED63A030 18.07 – 20.75 CED63A030 20.76 – 24.50 8.84 – 14.22 14.23 – 19.60 19.61 – 24.99 ED63A040 25.00 – 28.83 CED63A040 28.84 – 34.00 13.84 – 23.06 23.07 – 31.52 31.53 – 39.99 ED63A050 40.00 – 46.14 CED63A050 46.15 – 54.50 24.23 – 41.52 41.53 – 56.91 56.92 – 68.45 ED63A100 68.46 – 76.91 CED63A100 76.92 – 90.90 38.46 – 55.37 55.38 – 70.75 70.76 – 84.60 ED63A125 84.61 – 96.14 CED63A125 96.15 – 113.60 30.76 – 35.37 35.38 – 39.99 44.51 – 49.23 FXD63L150 53.84 – 58.45 CFD63L150 58.46 – 63.06 63.07 – 74.50 61.53 – 69.22 69.23 – 76.91 84.61 – 92.29 FXD63A150 100.00 – 108.00 CFD63A150 108.00 – 115.00 115.00 – 136.00 85.00 – 100.00 100.00 – 115.00 131.00 – 146.00 FXD63A250 162.00 – 177.00 CFD63A250 177.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00 16 26 36 46 54 30 50 70 85 100 55 90 125 155 180 80 135 185 235 270 115 185 255 325 375 180 300 410 520 600 315 540 740 890 1000 500 720 920 1100 1250 400 460 580 700 760 820 800 900 1100 1300 1400 1500 1100 1300 1700 2100 2300 2500 1250 1430 1790 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2860 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2860 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 4290 5140 5570 6000 2800 3100 3400 4000 4800 5500 6000 3200 3500 3700 4700 6400 7300 8000 3000 3430 3800 4710 5570 6000 4000 4570 5740 6280 7240 8000 5000 6430 7860 8575 Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance. 17/92 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuits Application Breaker Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers conform to the National Electrical Code table 430-152 requirements for motor branch and feeder circuit protection when properly applied in conjunction with motor-running overcurrent protective devices. The recommended circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide adequate time delay for starting the majority of three phase induction motors. To determine the ampere ratings of the ET breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the rating of the ET breaker used to protect the largest motor branch circuit in the group to the full-load currents of the remaining motors in the group. Interrupt Ratings For normal commercial purposes, available fault current can conveniently be obtained in the Interrupting Selector Tables. Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters). 200 and 208V Motors 230V Motors 460V Motors 575V Motors Motor 240V Circuit Breaker Data a 240V Circuit Breaker Data a 480V Circuit Breaker Data a 600V Circuit Breaker Data a Horse power Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating 0001⁄2 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 0003⁄4 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 001 BQ b ED4 ED6 BQ b BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 0011⁄2 002 BQ3B020 020 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 003 BQ3B030 030 BQ3B020 020 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 005 BQ3B040 040 BQ3B030 030 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 BQ3B060 060 BQ3B050 050 ED43B030 030 ED63B020 020 0071⁄2 b b BQ3B070 070 BQ BQ3B070 070 ED4 ED43B030 030 ED6 ED63B030 030 010 BQ 015 BQ3B100 100 BQ3B090 090 ED43B040 040 ED63B035 035 020 BQ3B100 100 ED43B050 050 ED63B050 050 025 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090 FXD63B060 060 030 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B100 100 FXD63B070 070 FXD6 040 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090 050 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B150 150 FDX63B100 100 FXD63B225 225 060 JXD2 JXD23B300 300 — — — FXD6, FD6 FXD63B150 150 FXD6 FXD63B100 100 075 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B350 350 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B125 125 FD63B250 250 100 FD6 c FXD6, FD6 FD63B175 175 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 c JD63B250 250 JD6 125 LD6 c or LD63B600 LD6 c or LD63B500 or 500 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200 600 JD6 c JD63B300 300 200 LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD6 LMD63B500 OR JD6 c JD63B200 c 150 LD6 or LD63B600 or LD63B600 or 600 FXD6 or FXD63B225 225 600 LMD6 JD6 c JD63B300 300 JD63B225 225 LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD63B600 JD6 c 200 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 JD6 c JD63B350 350 JD6 c JD63B300 300 JD63B400 400 JD6 c JD63B400 400 250 — — — — — — JD6 c c LD63B600 or 600 300 LD6 or JD6 c JD63B400 400 — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B600 LD63B500 or 500 350 LD6 c or — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B700 700 LMD6 LMD63B500 LD63B600 or 600 400 LD6 c or — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800 LMD6 LMD63B600 500 — — — — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800 a The selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b For panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used. c For non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for the LD6. 17/93 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings Application Breaker Type Maximum Continuous Amperes Nominal AC Adjustable Trip Range Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number 3-Pole Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number 2-Pole 3-Pole HEM ED6 CED6 FXD6-A FD6-A HFD6 HHFD6 CFD6 3 7 15 30 50 70 100 1 2 3 5 10 25 30 40 50 100 125 1 2 3 5 10 25 30 40 50 100 125 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 150 150 175 200 225 250 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 150 150 175 200 225 250 9 21 45 90 150 210 300 2.6 7 10 16 30 55 80 115 180 315 500 2.6 7 10 16 30 55 80 115 180 315 500 600 600 600 700 700 800 400 800 1100 900 900 1100 1100 600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900 1100 1100 600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900 1100 1100 600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900 1100 1100 600 600 600 700 700 800 400 800 1100 900 900 1100 1100 HEM3M003L HEM3M007L HEM3M015L HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M070L HEM3M100L ED63A001 ED63A002 ED63A003 ED63A005 ED63A010 ED63A025 ED63A030 ED63A040 ED63A050 ED63A100 ED63A125 CED63A001 n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED63A010n CED63A025n CED63A030n CED63A040n CED63A050 CED63A100 CED63A125 — — — — — — FXD63L150 FXD63A150 FXD63H150 — — — FXD63A250 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — CFD63L150 CFD63A150 CFD63H150 — — — CFD63A250 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FXD62B070 FXD62B080 FXD62B090 FXD62B100 FXD62B110 FXD62B125 — FXD62B150 — FXD62B175 FXD62B200 FXD62B225 FXD62B250 FD62B070 FD62B080 FD62B090 FD62B100 FD62B110 FD62B125 FD62B150 FD62B175 FD62B200 FD62B225 FD62B250 HFD62B070 HFD62B080 HFD62B090 HFD62B100 HFD62B110 HFD62B125 HFD62B150 HFD62B175 HFD62B200 HFD62B225 HFD62B250 — — — — — — — — — — — CFD62B070 CFD62B080 CFD62B090 CFD62B100 CFD62B110 CFD62B125 — CFD62B150 — CFD62B175 CFD62B200 CFD62B225 CFD62B250 15 35 75 150 250 350 500 4.5 11 17 26 50 90 135 185 300 540 720 4.5 11 17 26 50 90 135 185 300 540 720 640 640 640 770 770 900 460 900 1300 1060 1060 1300 1300 640 640 640 770 770 900 900 1060 1060 1300 1300 640 640 640 770 770 900 900 1060 1060 1300 1300 640 640 640 770 770 900 900 1060 1060 1300 1300 640 640 640 770 770 900 460 900 1300 1060 1060 1300 1300 21 49 100 210 350 490 700 6 15 23 36 70 125 185 255 410 740 920 6 15 23 36 70 125 185 255 410 740 920 690 690 690 840 840 1000 520 1000 1500 1210 1210 1500 1500 690 690 690 840 840 1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500 690 690 690 840 840 1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500 690 690 690 840 840 1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500 690 690 690 840 840 1000 520 1000 1500 1210 1210 1500 1500 Note: T olerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489 (7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15% to nominal values. 17/94 27 63 135 270 450 630 900 7.5 19 30 46 85 155 235 325 520 890 1100 7.5 19 30 46 85 155 235 325 520 890 1100 730 730 730 920 920 1100 580 1100 1700 1370 1370 1700 1700 730 730 730 920 920 1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700 730 730 730 920 920 1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700 730 730 730 920 920 1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700 730 730 730 920 920 1100 580 1100 1700 1370 1370 1700 1700 30 70 150 300 500 700 1000 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 770 770 770 990 990 1200 640 1200 1900 1520 1520 1900 1900 770 770 770 990 990 1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900 770 770 770 990 990 1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900 770 770 770 990 990 1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900 770 770 770 990 990 1200 640 1200 1900 1520 1520 1900 1900 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 810 810 810 1060 1060 1300 700 1300 2100 1780 1780 2100 2100 810 810 810 1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100 810 810 810 1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100 810 810 810 1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100 810 810 810 1060 1060 1300 700 1300 2100 1780 1780 2100 2100 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 850 850 1140 1140 1400 760 1400 2300 1930 1930 2300 2300 850 850 850 1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300 850 850 850 1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300 850 850 850 1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300 850 850 850 1140 1140 1400 760 1400 2300 1930 1930 2300 2300 33 77 165 330 550 770 1100 9 22 35 54 100 180 270 375 600 1000 1250 9 22 35 54 100 180 270 375 600 1000 1250 900 900 900 1200 1200 1500 820 1500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 900 900 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500 900 900 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500 900 900 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500 900 900 900 1200 1200 1500 820 1500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500 Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating knob, then rotate to desired position. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FXD63B070 FXD63B080 FXD63B090 FXD63B100 FXD63B110 FXD63B125 — FXD63B150 — FXD63B175 FXD63B200 FXD63B225 FXD63B250 FD63B070 FD63B080 FD63B090 FD63B100 FD63B110 FD63B125 FD63B150 FD63B175 FD63B200 FD63B225 FD63B250 HFD63B070 HFD63B080 HFD63B090 HFD63B100 HFD63B110 HFD63B125 HFD63B150 HFD63B175 HFD63B200 HFD63B225 HFD63B250 HHFD63B070 HHFD63B080 HHFD63B090 HHFD63B100 HHFD63B110 HHFD63B125 HHFD63B150 HHFD63B175 HHFD63B200 HHFD63B225 HHFD63B250 CFD63B070 CFD63B080 CFD63B090 CFD63B100 CFD63B110 CFD63B125 — CFD63B150 — CFD63B175 CFD63B200 CFD63B225 CFD63B250 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Breaker Type JXD2(A) JXD6(A) JD6(A) HJD6(A) HHJD6 CJD6 LXD6(A) LD6(A) HLD6(A) HHLD6 CLD6 LMXD6 LMD6 Maximum Continuous Amperes 200 225 250 300 350 400 200 225 250 300 350 400 200 225 250 300 350 400 400 200 225 250 300 350 400 200 225 250 300 350 400 200 225 250 300 350 400 400 450 500 600 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 600 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 600 500 600 700 800 800 500 600 700 800 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Nominal AC Adjustable Trip Range Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 1250 1450 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 2800 3100 3400 3700 4000 4800 5500 6000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number 3-Pole — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JXD63L400 JXD63H400 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — CJD63H400 CJD63L400 — — — — — — — — — LXD63L600 LXD63H600 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — CLD63L600 CLD63H600 — — — LMXD63L800 LMXD63A800 — — — — Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number 2-Pole 3-Pole JXD22B200 JXD23B200 JXD22B225 JXD23B225 JXD22B250 JXD23B250 JXD22B300 JXD23B300 JXD22B350 JXD23B350 JXD22B400 JXD23B400 JXD62B200 JXD63B200 JXD62B225 JXD63B225 JXD62B250 JXD63B250 JXD62B300 JXD62B300 JXD62B350 JXD23B350 JXD62B400 JXD23B400 JD62B200 JD63B200 JD62B225 JD63B225 JD62B250 JD63B250 JD62B300 JD63B300 JD62B350 JD63B350 — — JD62B400 JD63B400 HJD62B200 HJD63B200 HJD62B225 HJD63B225 HJD62B250 HJD63H250 HJD62B300 HJD63B300 HJD62B350 HJD63B350 HJD62H400 HJD63B400 HHJD62B200 HHJD63B200 HHJD62B225 HHJD63B225 HHJD62B250 HHJD63B250 HHJD62B300 HHJD63B300 HHJD62B350 HHJD63B350 HHJD62B400 HHJD63B400 — CJD63B200 — CJD63B225 — CJD63B250 — CJD63B300 — CJD63B350 — CJD63B400 — — LXD62B450 LXD63B450 LXD62B500 LXD63B500 LXD62B600 LXD63B600 LD62B250 LD63B250 LD62B300 LD63B300 LD62B350 LD63B350 LD62B400 LD63B400 LD62B450 LD63B450 LD62B500 LD63B500 — — LD62B600 LD63B600 HLD63B250 HLD62B250 HLD62B300 HLD63B300 HLD62B350 HLD63B350 HLD62B400 HLD63B400 HLD62B450 HLD63B450 HLD62B500 HLD63B500 HLD62B600 HLD63B600 HHLD62B250 HHLD63B250 HHLD62B300 HHLD63B300 HHLD62B350 HHLD63B350 HHLD62B400 HHLD63B400 HHLD62B450 HHLD63B450 HHLD62B500 HHLD63B500 HHLD62B600 HHLD63B600 — CJD63B250 — CJD63B300 — CJD63B350 — CJD63B400 — CLD63B450 — CLD63B500 — — — CLD63B600 — LMXD63B500 LMXD62B600 LMXD63B600 LMXD62B700 LMXD63B700 — — LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800 LMD62B500 LMD63B500 LMD62B600 LMD63B600 LMD62B700 LMD63B700 LMD62B800 LMD63B800 17/95 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Breaker Type HLMXD6 HLMD6 MD6 MXD6 HMD6 HMXD6 CMD6 ND6 NXD6 HND6 HNXD6 CND6 PD6 PXD6 HPD6 HPXD6 CPD6 RD6 RXD6 HRD6 HRXD6 17/96 Maximum Continuous Amperes 500 600 700 800 500 600 700 800 500 600 700 800 800 800 500 600 700 800 800 800 500 600 700 800 500 600 700 800 400 500 600 700 800 800 800 800 900 1000 1200 900 1000 1200 800 900 1000 1200 900 1000 1200 800 900 1000 1200 1200 1400 1600 1200 1400 1600 1200 1400 1600 1200 1400 1600 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 Nominal AC Adjustable Trip Range Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number 3-Pole — — — — — — — — — — — MXD63L800 MXD63A800 MXD63H800 — — — MXD63L800 MXD63A800 MXD63H800 — — — — — — — — — — — — CMD63L800 CMD63A800 CMD63H800 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number 2-Pole 3-Pole — HLMXD63B500 — HLMXD63B600 — HLMXD63B700 — HLMXD63B800 HLMD62B500 HLMD63B500 HLMD62B600 HLMD63B600 HLMD62B700 HLMD63B700 HLMD62B800 HLMD63B800 MD62B500 MD63B500 MD62B600 MD63B600 MD62B700 MD63B700 — — MD62B800 MD63B800 — — MXD62B500 MXD63B500 MXD62B600 MXD63B600 MXD62B700 MXD63B700 — — MXD62B800 MXD63B800 — — HMD62B500 HMD63B500 HMD62B500 HMD63B600 HMD62B700 HMD63B700 HMD62B800 HMD63B800 — HMXD63B500 — HMXD63B600 — HMXD63B700 — HMXD63B800 — — — — — CMD63B600 — CMD63B700 — — — CMD63B800 — — ND62B800 ND63B800 ND62B900 ND63B900 ND62B100 ND63B100 ND62B120 ND63B120 NXD62B900 NXD63B900 NXD62B100 NXD63B100 NXD62B120 NXD63B120 HND62B800 HND63B800 HND62B900 HND63B900 HND62B100 HND63B100 HND62B120 HND63B120 — HNXD63B900 — HNXD63B100 — HNXD63B120 — CND63B800 — CND63B900 — CND63B100 — CND63B120 — PD63B120 — PD63B140 — PD63B160 — PXD63B120 — PXD63B140 — PXD63B160 — HPD63B120 — HPD63B140 — HPD63B160 — HPXD63B120 — HPXD63B140 — HPXD63B160 — CPD63B120 — CPD63B140 — CPD63B160 — RD63B180 — RD63B200 — RXD63B180 — RXD63B200 — HRD63B180 — HRD63B200 — HRXD63B180 — HRXD63B200 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect Selection Maximum 2-Pole 3-Pole Frame Amp Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number BQ3S060n BQ3S100n 11000 11000 ED22S100An ED42S100An ED42S125An ED62S100An — CED62S100An CED62S125An — — ED23S100A ED43S100A ED43S125A ED63S100A ED63S125A CED63S100An CED63S125An HES3S100L HES3S125L 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11250 11250 1225 — HQR23S250HA 12000 1250 FXD62S250A HFXD62S250An a FXD63S250A HFXD63S250An CFD63S250An 13200 13200 13200 1400 JXD22S400An — — a JXD23S400A JXD63S400A HJXD63S400An CJD63S400An 16000 16000 16000 16000 1600 — — a LXD63S600A HLXD63S600An CLD63S600An 16000 16000 16000 1800 — — a LMXD63S800An MXD63S800A CMD63S800A 18000 18000 18000 1200 — a NXD63S120A CND63S120An 10000 10000 1600 a PXD63S160Ae 10000 2000 a RXD63S200Ane 10000 1100 BQ2S060 n BQ2S100n 1125 Self-Protective Instantaneous Override±20%c n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. b For additional lugs see pages 7-88 to 7-90. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog c Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self protecting instantaneous element, which may open circuit above their override set point. d UL file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and CSA LR 42022-51. e Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302. Product Category: MCCB Ordering Information Order by catalog number. Switches include frame and self protective trip unit only. Order lugs separately from pages 17/101 to 17/103. Lugs pages 17/101 to 17/103 Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113 17/97 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit breaker is a true RMS current sensing device. Digital microprocessor circuitry within the electronic trip unit provides more precise control over the circuit breaker functions. This control allows circuit coordination flexibility not available with thermal magnetic circuit breakers. Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers Cont Long Instan- Short Short Catalog Number Trip Current Time taneous Time Time (Description + Suffix) Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Short Time l2t Pick Up Basic Unit + (A) LI u u u Basic Unit + (A)G LIG u u u Basic Unit + (A)NT LSI u u u u u u Basic Unit + (A)NGT LSIG u u u u u u Ground Fault Pick Up Ground Fault Delay u u u u Letter “A” is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only. Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker. SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6 SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6 ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. lr = Current Rating — a function of continuous ampere adjustment setting expressed in % of ln . 17/98 lg = Ground Fault Pickup — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln . Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical A. Adjustable “Continuous Amps” Rating Switch D. Adjustable “Short Time Pick-Up” Switch (Optional) All Sensitrip III solid state molded case circuit breakers have an adjustable ampere rating switch. Adjustments made to this switch change the continuous current rating of the breaker from 20% to 100% of its maximum trip unit rating depending on the circuit breaker frame. Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch allow for selection of short time pick-up in a range from 1.5 to 10 times the setting of the maximum current rating. E. Adjustable “Short Time Delay” Switch (Optional) Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch also contain a switch for adjustment in time delay. The adjustable short time delay switch allows for either of two modes of short time delays. One range of settings enables the breaker to be set for fixed time delays and the other range of settings enables the breaker to be set for short time delays based on l2t curves. B. Adjustable “Long Time Delay” Switch All Sensitrip III circuit breakers have an adjustable long time delay switch to allow for selection of long time delays of fixed time intervals at six times the setting of the adjustable “continuous amps” rating switch. C. Adjustable “Instantaneous Pick-Up” Switch Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable instantaneous trip switch allow selection of a tripping point from related to the adjusted circuit breaker Rating (lr). djustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up” A Switch ensitrip III circuit breakers S containing the optional equipment ground fault protection cover the ground fault pick-up range of 20% to 70% of the circuit breaker frame rating. The ground fault pick-up settings also allow for one of three time delays based on 12t curves. For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an external neutral transformer is required with an ampere rating equal to the trip unit ampere rating. ln= Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. lr = Current Rating — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln. lg= Ground Fault Pick-up — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln. Examples of Adjustment Settings Catalog Number SMD69800A In = 800 Continuous Current Setting Long Time Delay Setting Instantaneous Setting In = 800 amperes Results 30 240 amperes lr = 30% of 800 12 12 seconds trip at 6 x 240 amps = 1440. 8 1920 amperes 8 x lr = 8 x 240 Catalog Number SMD69800ANGT lr Setting ln Long Time Delay Short Time Pick-Up Instantaneous Off Setting Short Time Pick-Up Short Time l2T On Delay Set Ground Fault Pick-Up Ground Fault Delay 800 amperes Results 20 20 sec. — — 8 lr 4480A 40 320A .2 .2 sec C u D u A u 070 560 B u A ln = 800 amperes. u B lr = 560 amperes (70% of 800). u C uDelay = 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x lr). Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360 amperes. D Short Time Pick-Up Off — Instantaneous can be used. u Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 10 lr 5600A E u F u .5 .5 secs .28 .28 sec @ 4480A G u H u I u J u E Instantaneous set at 10 x lr = 10 x 560 = 5600 u amperes. H l2t switch on .28 seconds @ 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes. u (Inverse time) F Short Time Pick-Up On — Set at 8 = 8 x 560 = 4480 u amperes. I Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of ln = 320 u amperes. (Definite Time) G Short Time Delay = .5 seconds. (Definite Time) u G & u H are mutually exclusive. Note: u J Ground Fault Delay set at .2 seconds. Breaker will trip in u 200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault. 17/99 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electronic and Communications Accessories Selection Multiplexor Translator Breaker Type Features Catalog Number SJD, SLD SMD, SND SPD Zone Interlocking Only MTZ Full Communications with Zone Interlocking MTA Electronic & Display Devices Trip Unit Test Set Type Catalog Number SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable TS31 Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable TS31CABLE The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective interlocking function with interface to ACCESS® Systems. The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection functions of the circuit breaker’s trip unit, including long-time, shorttime, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current injections. Cables & Connectors Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit Ribbon Cables Breaker Type SJD, SLD SMD, SND SPD Breaker Type Catalog Number Length Catalog Number SJD, SLD, SMD SADU 06” 08” 12” 18” 24” EPC06 EPC08 EPC12n EPC18 EPC24n SND, SPD SADURMK18 Length Catalog Number 8’ 15’ 25’ 50’ MTC08 MTC15 MTC25 MTC50 Telephone Cables Breaker Type SJD, SLD SMD, SND, SPD Expansion Plug Breaker Type Frame Size Mounting Type Catalog Number Sensitrip ALL ALL EP The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip unit on the breaker with a “Ribbon Cable”, EPC08 e.g., and the Multiplexor Translator with the “Telephone Cable” (an RJ-11 cable) MTCSB08 e.g. Component Selection Guide Trip Units and Application Component ZSI (only) Type with Sensitrip MCCB’S Access and/or ZSI with Sensitrip MCCB’s EP 3 3 MTZ 3 MTA 3 EPC Cable 3 3 MTC Cable 3 3 The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time metering for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs, and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA certified. The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switchboard spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior panel, or wall mounting capability. The 2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data, such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously. SADU Ammeter Display Unit b b b b Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting* —RMS Phase Currents —Average Current* —Current Demand* —Ground Current —Current Unbalance (%)* Breaker Status —Normal —Impending Trip* Time Stamped Trip Log (last 5) b b Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up 2 x 16 LCD Alphanumeric Display* Ammeter Display Functions —Time & Date* —Trip Cause: LT, ST, GF, SC b Max Log (with date & time) —Max —Max —Max —Max —Max Phase Current* Average Current* Ground Current* Unbalance Current* Current Demand* * Unique Features n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. 17/100 a When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory. One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required. Product Category: MCCB lways required when multiple MT’s are used. A One additional cable per each additional MT. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Lug information Mechanical Lug Selection For Use With Type(s) Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Line Side Cables Per Lug Lug Wire Range Catalog Number 15–40 1 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1 ab #12–#6 AWG Al 45–125 BQ, BQH, BQHF 1 1 #8–#1 AWG Cu #6–#1/0 AWG Al 1 1 #14–#10 AWG Cu #12–#10 AWG Al 1 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al Switching 40–50 Neutrals 1 1 #8–#6 AWG Cu #8–#4 AWG Al BG, 55–70 BLG 1 1 #8–#4 AWG Cu #8–#2 AWG Al 80–100 1 1 #4–#1/0 AWG Cu #2–#1/0 AWG Al 110–125 1 1 #2–#1/0 AWG Cu #1/0–#2/0 AWG Al Load Side BQE, BQF, 15–20 BL, BLH, HBL, 25–35 HBQ TA1Q1 b Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side BQD, CQD 15–40 1 BQD6, CQD6 #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al Integral 45–100 1 #8–#1 AWG Cu #6–#1/0 AWG Al Integral 15–30 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al TC1Q1 15–30 1 NGG, HGG, LGG 35–125 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3) #8–#1/0 AWG Cu #8–#2/0 AWG Al 3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3) 15–125 — NUT KEEPER PLATE TNKG3c (pkg. of 3) 15-125 1 #14-3/0 AWG Cu 3TW1EG30 (pkg. of 3) 15-125 1 #14-1/0 AWG Cu/Al 3TA1EG10 (pkg. of 3) NEG, HEG 15-125 1 #6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI 3TA1EG30 (pkg. of 3) 15-125 — Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole) TNKE3 (pkg. of 3) 15-125 — Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole) TNKE4 (pkg. of 4) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Note: (A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or 75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with 75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National Electrical Code. (B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog a Lug is steel. in package of six. nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the NGG breaker. b Sold c One Product Category: MCCB 17/101 Lug information • Revised • 10/18/15 Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire Selection For Use With Type(s) Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cables Per Lug Lug Wire Range QR2, QR2H, 100-250 1 HQR2, HQR2H #3 - 1/0 Al/Cu 2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil #14–#10 AWG (Cu) All 2, 3-pole 15–25 1 #12–#10 AWG (Al) ED2, ED4, ED6, ED6 ETI, HED4, 30–100 1 #10–#1/0 (Cu or Al) HHED6 #3-3/0 (Cu) 110–125 1 #1-2/0 (Al) CED6 All 1-pole 30–60 1 #10–4 (Cu or Al) ED, HED 70–100 1 #4–#1/0 (Cu or Al) Catalog Number 3TA1QR300 SA1E025 LN1E100 TA1E6125 LD1E060 (Load Side) LD1E100 (Load Side) FXD6-A, FD6-A, HFD6, #6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 70–250 1 TA1FD350A cfd6 #4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al) HHFD6 SJD6(A), SHJD6(A) 65-200 1–2 #4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al) TA2J630 SCJD6 JXD2(A), JXD6(A), JD6(A), SJD6(A), HJD6(A), HJXD6(A) 200–400 1–2 HHJXD6, HHJD6, SHJD6(A), CJD6, SCJD6 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 4/0–500 kcmil (Al) TA2J6500 LXD6(A), LD6(A), SLD6(A), HLD6(A), HLXD6(A), HHLXD6, 250–600 1–2 HHLD6, SHLD6(A), CLD6, SCLD6 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 4/0–500 kcmil (Al) TA2J6500 1–2 #1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2K500 1–3 1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA3K500 1–2 500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2N750 b LMD6a, LMXD6a, HLMD6a, 500–600 HLMXD6a, MD6, MXD6, SMD6, HMD6, HMXD6, SHMD6, CMD6, 500–800 SCMD6 ND6, 250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) NXD6, SND6, HND6, HNXD6, 800–1200 1–4 SHND6, CND6, 250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) SCND6 PD6, HPD6, CPD6 PXD6, 1200–1600 1–5 HPXD6, SPD6, SHPD6 PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, SPD6, SHPD6, 1200–2000 1–6 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6, STD a Use TA2K500 or TA3K500 only. for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers. Rated for 90° C cable. b Used 17/102 c Contains d Contains 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) 2TA4P8500 bc 3TA4P8500 bd 2TA4N8500 c 3TA4N8500 d TA5P600 TA6R600 2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. 3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Lug information • Revised • 10/18/15 Optional Mechanical Lugs Selection For Use With Type QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H ED, HED 1, 2 & 3-pole HFD6, HHFD6, CFD6, F(X)D6-A J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A), HJD6(A), HHJD6, SHJD6(A), L(X)D6(A), HHLD6, SCD6, HLD6(A), SHLD6(A), CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, SCLD6 SMD6, M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, HMD6, CMD6, SCMD6, SND6, N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, SHND6, CND6, SCND6 R(X)D6, HR(X)D6 P(X)D6, HP(X)D6, CPD6, SPD6, SHPD6 Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cables Per Lug Lug Material Lug Wire Range Qty Per Catalog No Catalog Number 3 3TC1QR250 1 TC1ED6150 100-250 1 Cu 1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125 1 Cu #3 - 1/0 Cu ONLY) 2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY #10–#1/0 (Cu) 70–250 1 Cu #6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1FD350 200–600 1 1–2 Cu 3/0–600 kcmil (Cu) 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 1 1 TC1J6600a TC2J6500a 250–600 1 1 Al 500–750 kcmil (Al) 500–600 kcmil (Cu) 1 TA1L6750 500–600 1–2 1–3 Cu Cu #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu) #1 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 1 1 TC2K500 TC3K350 700–800 1–2 Al 500–750 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al) 2 3 2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750 800–1200 1–3 Al 500–750 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al) 2 3 2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750 1600–2000 1–5 Cu 300–600 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC5R600 1200–1600 1–4 Al 600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al) 1 TA4P750s Compression Lugs Ampere Rating Poles ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15–125 QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H 100-250 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6 For Circuit Breaker Types Lugs Per Kit Lug Wire Size Catalog Number 1, 2, 3 1 #2/0 AWG Cu/Al CCE125 2-3 1 #6 - 350kcmil Al/Cu CCQ225 125–250 2, 3 1 350 kcmil CCF250 200–600 2, 3 1 500 kcmil CCL600 2 6 3 9 2 8 3 12 Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit) Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker) M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6 500–800 N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6 900–1200 CCM800K2 500 kcmil CCM800K3 CCN1200K2 CCN1200K3 Distribution Lugs Ampere Rating For Circuit Breaker Types Poles Lugs Per kit Wires Per Lug Lug Wire Size Catalog Number TA6GG04 NGG, HGG, LGG 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 #6-#4 AL #14-#4 Cu NEG, HEG 15-125 1,2,3 3 3 #14-#2 AWG Cu 3TA3EG02 NEG, HEG 15-125 1,2,3 3 6 #14-#6 AWG Cu 3TA6EG06 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 #14-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al TA6ED06 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 70-250 2,3 1 6 #14-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al TA6FD04 JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A, SJD6, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6 200-600 2,3 1 6 #14-2/0 AWG Cu #6-2/0 AWG Al TA6JD20 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a Used for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers. purpose wire connectors, not for general use. Special Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Product Category: MCCB 17/103 Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 Modifications General Selection A variety of internal and external accessories, as well as modifications, are available to adapt Siemens circuit breakers to special installation requirements. UL listed internal accessories for 100 through 2000A circuit breakers are field-addable. Internal accessories fine tune an electrical distribution system, allowing control of the circuit breakers to meet special application requirements. For example, emergency situations may dictate tripping critically placed circuit breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish this conveniently and efficiently. Or, when voltage drops are a concern, undervoltage trips automatically open the circuit breaker at a predetermined voltage level. A wide range of external operating and mounting accessories is also available. For example, face, shallow, and back mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ circuit breakers to OEM applications. A complete line of operating handles and handle-blocking devices meet switchboard, enclosure and safety needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies, which simplify switchboard mounting of circuit breakers and permit breaker removal without disconnecting bus or cable connections, are available. 50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers or 400HZ calibrated breakers. F or BL Type Circuit Breakers — Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number (Example: B120M).....................................................................................No Charge For BQ and ED Frame Circuit Breakers — Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’..................................................No Charge (Example: BQ3M060, QJ23M200, ED63M060) For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only).................................................No Charge — Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’ (Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400) 400 HZ Calibration UL Listed (5KA IR) for BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)............................................Add 25% to list price — Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number Not UL Listed for all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 6-152 and order standard circuit breakers. Fungus Proofing All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment. For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers.............................................................Add $10.00 net per pole — Consult Sales Office for Availability For all other Circuit Breaker Types..................................................................Add $160.00 net per device — Consult Sales Office for Availability Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $210.00 net Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped. The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user. UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers Ordering Information Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels. For “NAVAL” label, add $75. net per catalog number per order. Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens Sales Office. Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron ED through RD frames can be labeled “NAVAL” in compliance with UL 489 Supplement SB. Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests. The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three orthogonal axes of the breaker. During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position. Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test. For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB. 17/104 Types BQD/CQD GG GB ED2, ED4, IIED4, HED6 CED6 FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6 CFD6 JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6, HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6 HHJD6, HHJXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6 CJD6, CLD6 MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6, ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6 PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6, RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6 UL File E10848, Vol 10, Sec 1 E10848, Vol 10, Sec 2 E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 Internal Accessories General Feature Combinations The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability. Breakers Modules Avail. On ST/ UVT/ Elect. Per Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/ UVT/ UVT/ AUX/ AUX/ Bell Ground Grd fault Breaker Poles ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX ALSW ALSW AUX ALSW ALSW Alarm fault w/Bell QP, BQ, BLa 1 1, 2, 3 1 — — — — — 1,2 — — — — BQD, CQD, GB, GG 1 2, 3 1 1/1 — — — — 1,2 1/1 1 — — — QRa 1, 2 2, 3 1 1/1 — — — — 2 — — — — — All ED 1 1, 2, 3 1 1/1,1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1 1/1, 1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1 — 1 1 All FD 2 2, 3 1 — — — 1 1/1 — — 1, 2 1/1 — — — All JD, LD, LMDb 2 2, 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — — 1 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — — 2 2, 3 1 1/1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1, 2 — — — 1 — — SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6c 1 — All MD, ND, PD, RD Including Electronic tripd 2 NC / 2 NO, STDe 6 3 NC / 3 NO, — 4 NC / 4 NO, 5 NC / 5 NO, 6 NC / 6 NO 3 1 — Shunt Trip (ST) One or all critical circuit breakers may be tripped from a distant control point by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt trip operates through an auxiliary switch contact; when the breaker opens, current is not maintained on the shunt trip coil. Undervoltage Trip (UVT) When voltage drops to a value below 35% of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage trip device automatically opens the breaker. The operation is instantaneous, and the circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the — assembled only mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the right pocket. b If Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 1 — — — voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The undervoltage trip, which is continuously energized, must be energized before the circuit breaker can be closed. Auxiliary Switch (AUX) For applications requiring remote “on” or “off” indication (or electrical interlocking), auxiliary switches are available. Each switch comprises an “A” (open when circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed when circuit breaker is open) contact with a common connection. (Form C) For ED Frames a Factory — 1 NC / 1 NO, For FD Frames cIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed. d If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the left pocket. 1 Alarm Switch (ALSW) The alarm switch contact is closed when the circuit breaker is opened automatically by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage trip. The alarm switch contact is open when the circuit breaker is reset. For JD and LD Frames eO ne module per column. 17/105 Circuit Breakers • Revised • 06/13/14 Accessories Circuit Breaker Accessories Catalog Number For Use With Breaker Type Number of Poles Standard Package Padlocking Device For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally ECPLD1 ECPLD2 ECPLD3 ECPLD3R ECQLD3 ECQLD4 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, BQXD Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, BQXD (Red Color) Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD Type QT-Duplex ECQLN3 ECQTH4 150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR Type QP, BL, BQH ECPLD2R QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, 1P 2P 3 Pieces 3 Pieces QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, 2P 3 Pieces QE, BQ QE, BQ (Red Color) 3P 3P 1P QT-Duplex Breakers 1 Piece 1 Piece 10 Pieces 10 Pieces n/a Designed for (3) 1P Breakers 1 Piece 1 Piece Type QT Duplex Type QP, BL Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers 2P 25 Pieces 50 Pieces Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket Designed for 1” Breaker 10 Pieces 1P 1/2” Breakers 10 Pieces 10 Pieces Handle Tie Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles. ECQTH2 ECQTH3 Mechanical Interlock ECQML12 Handle Blocking Device For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device ECQL1 ECBX231M Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD Type QT-Duplex Main Breaker Retainer ECMBR1 ECMBR2 EQ Load Centers Ultimate Load Centers 1 Piece 1 Piece Mounting Accessories MB120 FP9508 FP9555 FP9556 SMB6R TCH65K BR2 BR3 BR4 I0204ML1125 I0303ML3100 Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates Type QP Back Mounting Plates Type QP Back Mounting Plates 1P 1P 2P 3P 1P, 2P, 3P 2P 3P 4P 1P, 2P 3P 20 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 6 Pieces 500 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS n/a n/a 6 Pieces 6 Pieces Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack) Type BQXD Finger Shield n/a n/a 1000 Pieces 2 Pieces 1” Filler Plate n/a 5 Pieces Replacement Lugs TA1Q1 TC1Q1 Finger Shield BQFS1K BQFS2 Filler Plate ECQF3 For a complete list of standby power mechanical interlock kits, see the Standby Generator Section. For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit Breakers 17/106 QP Type includes QPH, HQP Type includes BLH, HBL BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ BL QAF2 Type includes QAFH2, BAF2, BAFH2, QFGA2, QFGAH2, BFGA2, BFGAH2 QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Circuit Breakers Accessories White header Padlocking Device ECPLD2 ECPLD1 Handle Tie ECQLD3 ECQLD4 ECQTH4 Handle Blocking Device Main Breaker Retainer ECMBR1 ECBX231M ECQL1 ECQTH3 ECQTH2 Mechanical Interlock ECMBR2 ECQML12 Mounting Accessories SMB6R MB120 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog I0204ML1125 FP9508 FP9555 FP9556 17/107 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories • Revised • 10/18/15 Selection Handle Ties with Padlock Device Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles. Do not provide common trip. For Use With Breaker Frame(s) Catalog Standard Number Package BQDHT2 10 1 BQDHT3 10 1 BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB Wt Lb/ Std Pkg ⁄2 ⁄2 Padlocking Devices For locking breaker in “OFF” position. HPLQR 10 1 BQDPLD 01 1 HPLG 01 1 HPLEB 01 1 HPLE 01 1 ED2HPL 01 1 All FD FD6PL1 01 1 All JD, LD, LMD JD6HPL 01 1 All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6PLD 01 1 All QR All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB NGG, HGG, LGG EB, 1- thru 3-pole EG, 3- and 4-pole only All ED ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄4 FD Padlocking Device FD6PLI ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 Handle Blocking Devices For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device. All QR HBLQR 25 1 All BQD, CQD, GG, GB BQDHBD 01 1 HBDE 01 1 All ED E2HBL 01 1 All FD FD6HB1 01 1 All JD, LD, LMD JD6HBL 01 1 All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6BL 01 1 EG ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 FD Handle Blocking Device FD6HB1 Handle Extensions For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker. All MD, ND, PD, RD EX11 01 2 Terminal Shields Breaker Type Poles Catalog Number NGG, HGG, LGG TSSG3A 3 Standard Package 1 Handle Extension EX11 n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a Sold only in standard package quantities. 17/108 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 External Accessories Selection Face Mounting Plates For Use With Breaker Frame(s) Number of Poles Catalog Number Standard Package Wt Lb/ Std Pkg CQD, CQD6 1 2 3 CQDFMB1 CQDFMB2n CQDFMB3n 1 1 1 1 NGG, HGG, LGG 1 2 3 FMPG1 FMPG2 FMPG3 1 1 1 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 Back Mounting Plates E2BMB 1 CQD, CQD6 CQDSMK a 1 NGG, HGG, LGG MSKG4a 1 1 MSQR3 1 1 All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits) MSE6a MSE6100b 1 100f 1 All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits) MSF6a MSF650c 1 50f 1 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 1 ⁄4 1 Mounting Screw Kit MSE6 Mounting Screw Kits All QR 11⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 All EG 1-pole MSKE1 — — All EG 2-pole — — — — 1 1 All LMD MSKE2 MSKE4 MSJ6a MSLMD All MD, ND, MSMN 1 1 All PD, RD MSPR6 1 2 All EG 3 or 4-pole All JD, LD 1 ⁄4 Mechanical Interlock MI5444 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 “MI” Mechanical Interlocks For Use With Breaker Type(s) All EG (Sliding Bar) All QR (Sliding Bar) All FD Panel g Mounted Plug-in Mounted Standard Package Wt Lb Std Pkg HSBE — 1 SBMIQR — 1 1 MI5444 MI5444 1 — — All JD, LD MI5413 d — 1 1 All LMD MI5406 dn — 1 1 All MD MI5404 en — 1 3 All ND MI5404 en — 1 3 All PD, RD MI5405es — — — n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a Kit consists of 4 screws and washers. of 1 screw and washers (order 100). of 1 screw and washers (order 50). b Consists c Consists Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog d With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be installed into circuit breaker right pole. of the mechanical interlock will prevent accessory installation in the left pole. f Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List Price Each times package quantity for full price. e Addition Product Category: MCCB g Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within Siemens panelboards. 17/109 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 External Accessories Selection Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X For Use With Breaker Frames EG a ED FD JD, LD LMD MD, ND PD, RD Complete Mechanism Breaker Handle Only Operator Shaft Only Catalog Number Standard Depth Variable Depth Catalog Number Catalog Number Length (inches) Catalog Number RHVE64X CRHOESD CRHOFSD CRHOJSD CRHOLMSD RHVE124X CRHOEVD CRHOFVD CRHOJVD CRHOLMVD — — RHOEBO RHOFBO RHOJBO RHOLMBO — 2 12 16 — RHOSSD RHOSVD RHOSXD RHONSD RHONVD RHOH 3 12 24 RHONSSDs RHONSVD RHONSXD c CRHOH c d RHONBO CRHOH RHOH Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types 1 & 12 For Use With Breaker Frames CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG ED FD JD, LD Standard Depth Variable Depth Handle and Shaft Breaker Operator Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number — D11CEU1 D11CFU1s — RHOCQVD D11CEU2 D11CFU2 D11CJU2 RHOH62 — — — CQDOP — — — D11CEU2 For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft. For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft. Through Door Mounted Operating Handlesb Types 1 & 12 For Use With Breaker Frames Standard Depth Variable Depth Catalog Number Catalog Number CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG EG (3 & 4-Pole only) EG (red handle) ED FD FMHOS RHFESD RHFESDEM E2RH1 F6RH1 — — — E2RHV9 F6RHV9 Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Standard Depth F6RH1 Door Latch Kits Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Right Hand Left Hand 2 point latch 3 point latch DKR2 DKR3 DKL2n DKL3n Variable Depth Rotary Handle RHOCQVD n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a For use on 3-pole ED frame only. 17/110 F6RHV9 b Meets the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for locking external operator disconnecting devices. 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown, and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4. Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft lengths. d For extended shaft support order catalog number RHONSB2. c For Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Selection Max-Flex™, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators c NEMA Type Frames NGG EG ED FD JD, LD, SJD, SLD LMD MD, ND, PD, RD, SMD, SND, SPD 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) 1, 3 (R), 12 4 (x) Complete Kit Catalog Number Handle Only Catalog Number MFKG3R3 MFHM3R MFKG4X3 MFHM4X MFKE3d — MFKE4X3 — FHOE036 a FHOH — FHOH4 FHOF036 FHOH — FHOH4 FHOJ036 FHOH — FHOH4 FHOLM036 FHOH — FHOH4 FHON048 FHOHN — FHOHN4 Cable Breaker Operator Catalog Number 36" Cable Catalog Number MFMG MFCF036 — — FHOEBOa FHOEC036 FHOFBO FHOFC036 FHOJBO FHOJC036 FHOLMBO FHOJC036 FHONBO FHONC048b Handle Breaker Operator Max Flex ™ Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). Alternate Length Cable Only ED FD JD/LD/LMD MD/ND/PD/RD Inches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog NumberCatalog Number 048 060 072 084 096 120 144 FHOEC048 FHOEC060 FHOEC072 FHOEC084s FHOEC096 FHOEC120s FHOEC144s FHOFC048 FHOFC060 FHOFC072 FHOFC084s FHOFC096 FHOFC120 FHOFC144s FHOJC048FHONC048 FHOJC060FHONC060 FHOJC072FHONC072 FHOJC084sFHONC084s FHOJC096FHONC096 FHOJC120sFHONC120s FHOJC144sFHONC144s Handle Auxiliary Switch For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C). For Use With Catalog Number ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex HAS1 Fixed Depth Flange Mounting Frames Left Hand Mount Minimum Enclosure NEMA Depth Type Catalog Number ED 6.44 FD 6.44 Right Hand Mount Catalog Number 1, 3R, 12 FDFBELs FDFBERs 4, 4X FDFBEL4s FDFBER4s 1, 3R, 12 FDFBFLs FDFBFRs 4, 4X FDFBFL4s FDFBFR4s FDFBFR Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aFor 1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog b48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame Max-Flex operators. cMeets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for locking external operator disconnecting devices Product Category: MCCB dConsult sales office for additional cable lengths for EG Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only. ED only. 3-Pole 17/111 Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Selection/Dimensions Telemand® Motor Operator Breaker Frame AC Voltage Hinged to Open Down Catalog Number ED except CED 120 MOE6120 240 MOE6240 s ED motor operator opens downward. Breaker Frame DC Voltage Hinged to Open Right Catalog Number AC Voltage Hinged to Open Right Catalog Number FD 24 48 125 MOF6024DCs MOF6048DCs MOF6125DCs 120 240 MOF6120 MOF6240 JD, LD 24 48 125 MOJ6024DCs MOJ6048DCs MOJ6125DCs 120 240 MOJ6120 MOJ6240 LMD 24 48 125 MOLMD6024DCs MOLMD6048DCs MOLMD6125DCs 120 240 MOLMD6120 MOLMD6240 MD, ND, PD, RD — — — — 120 240 MOMN6120 MOMN6240 Telemand Motor Operator FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD Frames To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L). List prices are the same.s Dimensions Frame B C D E ED A 7.04 4.31 — 4.31 13.84 F 8.84 FD 9.50 4.55 1.60 6.84 9.70 7.58 JD, LD, LMD 11.00 7.50 0.79 8.34 9.85 7.74 MD, ND, PD, RD 16.00 9.00 — 9.83 13.13 10.13 Operating Currents On Off Catalog Number In-Rush (Amps) Time (msec) In-Rush (Amps) MOE6120 MOE6240 10.25 5.2 2.3 1.1 550 500 10 5 2.3 1 400 330 2.3 1.1 MOF6120/L MOF6240/L 13.6 7.6 5.5 3.5 200 200 13.6 7.6 5.5 3.5 175 185 5.5 3.5 MOLMD6120/L 13.6 6 210 13.6 6 185 6 MOJ6120/L MOJ6240/L 13.6 7.6 6 3.5 210 217 13.6 7.6 6 3.5 185 185 6 3.5 MOMN6120/L MOMN6240/L 30.2 14.7 13.2 6 240 260 30.2 14.7 13.2 6 210 230 13.2 6 Running (Amps) Running (Amps) Time (msec) Reset (Amps) Front View Bottom View For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. 17/112 Product Category: MCCB Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Selection Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies Line Side Load Side For Use With Breaker Frames Poles Catalog Numberb Catalog Numberb EG 3 PCBERC3f — 4 PCBERC4f — — All ED except CED 2 PC2637s PC2638s 3 PC2657 PC2658 CED 2 PC2637s PC2638s 3 PC2657 PC2658 All FD except CFD 2 PC4753s PC4753s 3 PC4754 PC4754 CFD 2 PC4753s PC4753s 3 PC4754 PC4754 All JD except CJD 2 PC5777s 3 PC5778 PC5777s PC5778 PL5796 Kit CJD, SCJD 3 PCCJD PCCJD PL5797 All LD except CLD 2 PC5660s 3 PC5661 PC5660s PC5661 PL5680 Kit CLD, SCLD 3 PCCLD PCCLD PL5797 2 PC5662s PC5662s 3 PC5663 PC5663 2 PC5664cs PC5664cs 3 PC5666 c PC5666 c All MD All ND Base Steel Switchboard Mounting Plate a Catalog Number PL2616 PL2617 PL4762 PL4763 Switchboard Mounting Plate Tulip Assemblies PL9698 PL9699 RS4755 Tulip Assemblies Separately RS4756 For 2-Pole 3-Pole Frame Catalog Number Catalog Number ED TCE2s TCE3s FD TCF2s TCF3s JD TCJ2s TCJ3s LD TCL2s TCL3s MD TCM2s TCM3s ND TCN2s TCN3s Circuit Breaker With Rear-Connecting Studs Rear-Connecting Studs For Use With Breaker Frames Ampere Rating Description Extension Behind Breaker (inches) Line Side Load Side Catalog Number d Catalog Number d — RS2644es — RS2642es All ED 100 100 100 100 Line Side (Short) Load Side (Short) Line Side (Long) Load Side (Long) 2.38 2.38 4.88 4.88 RS2643 s — RS2641es — All FD 250 250 Short Long 3.12 7.06 RS4756es RS4755es RS4756es RS4755es All JD 400 400 Short Long 5.85 11.20 RS5774s RS5773s RS5774s RS5773s All LD 600 600 Short Long 5.85 11.20 RS5784s RS5783s RS5784s RS5783s A dd required shield kit. CLRSJL3 CJD, SCJD CLD, SCLD e LM(X)D6, 800 HLM(X)D6 Short Long 5.85 11.20 RS5788s RS5787s RS5788s RS5787s All MD, ND Short Long 5.50 8.00 RS5786s RS5785s RS5786s RS5785s 1200 1200 s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aFurnished at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in mounting assembly. bEach piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for 2-pole, (3) for 3-pole Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog c For vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666. includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud nuts and terminal shields, when required. d Price Product Category: MCCB e For proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS). f Plug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load side in one assembly. 17/113 Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 Unusual Operating Conditions Reference Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers Reference Ampere Rating at 40°C (104°F) 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Ampere Rating at: 25°C (77°F) 17 22 28 33 39 44 55 66 77 99 110 137 165 192 220 247 275 330 385 440 550 660 770 880 990 1100 1320 1540 1760 1980 2200 50°C (122°F) 13 18 23 28 30 37 46 56 65 84 94 114 136 159 182 205 235 276 325 372 468 564 658 754 828 900 1090 1304 1500 1690 1880 60°C (140°F) 11 16 21 26 25 34 42 52 60 78 87 100 120 140 160 180 220 252 301 340 435 525 613 704 749 825 1000 1148 1320 1485 1650 Siemens Breaker Frames BQ, BL, BQD, CQD, GG, GB, ED FD QR JD LD MD ND PD RD 13,000 (4,000) Altitude in Feet (Meters) High Ambient Temperatures Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). Similarly, the current carrying capacity of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1 may be selected. In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well. Siemens Sensitrip® III and Type SB Encased Systems Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures. Moisture — Corrosion For atmospheres having high moisture content and / or where fungus growth is prevalent, a special preventive treatment may be required. Where the air is heavily laden with corrosive elements, breakers made with special corrosion-resistant finishes may be required. Altitude Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure 1. 12,000 (3,675) 11,000 (3,350) 10,000 (3,000) 9,000 (2,750) 8,000 (2,400) 7,000 (2,100) 6,000 (1,800) 1.0 .95 .90 .85 .80 .75 Rating Correction Factor Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment 17/114 Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Molded Case Circuit Breakers • Revised • 10/18/15 Unusual Operating Conditions Reference 400 Hz Systems a Siemens molded case circuit breakers can be applied for overcurrent protection on 400Hz systems, commonly used to power computer installations, aircraft, military and other specialty equipment. Below are basic guidelines. Circuit Breaker Derating Required This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%, three phase application in open air in a maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure ambient temperature exceeds 40° C (104° F). Cable and Bus Sizing The cable and bus sizes to be utilized at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information. Application Recommendations It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient of 40° C) would verify the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits. Factory Configuration When required, molded case circuit breakers may be factory calibrated for 400Hz application. These breakers are specially labeled for 400Hz usage and their nameplate current rating will include the necessary derating factory. The highest “Maximum Continuous Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the table below approximates the highest specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate ampere rating available for a given frame size. Contact Siemens for ordering information on other breakers applied in 400Hz systems. 400Hz Breakers Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating At 40°C (104°F) b 60HZ 400HZ Siemens Breaker Enclosed Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating 015 015 012 020 020 016 025 025 020 030 030 024 035 035 028 040 040 032 043 034 ED2, ED4, ED6, 045 BQD, HED4, 050 048 038 HED6, CED6 060 057 046 070 067 054 080 076 061 090 086 069 100 095 076 110 105 084 125 119 095 070 063 050 080 072 058 090 080 064 100 090 072 QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H, 110 095 075 FD6, FXF6, 125 105 084 HFD6, HFXD6, 150 125 100 CFD6 175 140 112 200 160 128 225 180 144 250 200 160 200 170 136 225 190 152 JXD2, JD6, 250 210 168 JXD6, HJD6, HJXD6, HHJD6, 300 240 192 HHJXD6, CJD6 350 260 208 400 300 240 200 170 170 225 190 190 JD6, JXD6, 250 210 210 HJD6, HJXD6 100% Rated 300 240 240 350 260 260 400 300 300 aThe information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog 75°C (167°F) Copper Cable per Pole No of Wire Pieces Size 1 #14 1 #12 1 #10 1 #10 1 #10 1 #8 1 #8 1 #8 1 #6 1 #4 1 #4 1 #3 1 #3 1 #2 1 #1 1 #4 1 #4 1 #3 1 #3 1 #2 1 #1 1 #1/0 1 #2/0 1 #3/0 1 #4/0 1 250 kcmil 1 #3/0 1 #4/0 1 250 kcmil 1 350 kcmil 1 500 kcmil 2 #3/0 2 #3/0 2 #4/0 1 250 kcmil 1 350 kcmil 1 500 kcmil 2 #3/0 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating At 40°C (104° F) b 60HZ 400/415HZ Siemens Breaker Enclosed Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating 0250 0210 168 0300 0240 192 LD6, LXD6, 0350 0260 208 HLD6, HLXD6, 0400 0300 240 HHLD6, HHLXD6, 0450 0340 272 CLD6 0500 0375 300 0600 0420 336 0250 0210 210 0300 0240 240 0350 0260 260 LD6, LXD6, 0400 0300 300 HLD6, HLXD6, 100% Rated 0450 0340 340 0500 0375 375 0600 0420 420 0500 0400 320 MD6, MXD6, 0600 0430 360 HMD6, 0500 400 HMXD6, CMD6 0700 0800 0560 448 0500 0400 400 MD6, MXD6, 0600 0430 430 HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 0700 0500 500 100% Rated 0800 0560 560 0800 0560 448 ND6, NXD6 0900 0600 480 HND6, HNXD6, 1000 0650 520 CND6 1200 0780 624 ND6, NXD6 0900 0600 600 HND6, HNXD6, 1000 0650 650 CND6 1200 0780 780 100% Rated 1200 0780 624 PD6, PXD6, 1400 0850 680 HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6, 1600 0960 768 PD6, PXD6, 1200 0780 780 HPD6, HPXD6, 1400 0850 850 CPD6 1600 0960 960 100% Rated 1600 0960 768 RD6, RXD6, 1800 1080 864 HRD6, HRXD6 80% Rated 2000 1200 960 controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. bAdditional derating may be required if the ambient 75° C (167° F) Copper Cable per Pole No of Wire Pieces Size 1 250 kcmil 1 350 kcmil 1 500 kcmil 2 #3/0 2 #4/0 2 250 kcmil 2 350 kcmil 1 250 kcmil 1 350 kcmil 1 500 kcmil 2 #3/0 2 #4/0 2 250 kcmil 2 350 kcmil 2 250 kcmil 2 350 kcmil 3 250 kcmil 3 300 kcmil 2 250 kcmil 2 350 kcmil 3 250 kcmil 3 300 kcmil 3 300 kcmil 3 350 kcmil 3 400 kcmil 4 350 kcmil 3 350 kcmil 3 400 kcmil 4 350 kcmil 4 400 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 5 500 kcmil 4 400 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 5 500 kcmil 5 500 kcmil 5 500 kcmil 6 500 kcmil temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F). after derating to compensate for the heating of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ. cCalculated 17/115 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Unusual Operating Conditions Reference Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems Circuit Breaker Derating Required This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%, three phase application in open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F) with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure ambient temperature exceeds 40°C(104° F). Maximum continuous ampere rating at 40°C (104°F) 60HZ Breaker type DG FG JG JG 100% Rated LG The Open air 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 250 300 350 400 250 300 350 400 400 500 600 400HZ Open air 48 57 63 72 80 90 95 105 125 90 95 105 125 140 160 180 200 210 240 260 300 210 240 260 300 300 375 420 Wire size #8 #6 #4 #4 #3 #3 #2 #1 #1/0 #3 #2 #1 #1/0 #2/0 #3/0 #4/0 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil #2/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil #3/0 #3/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil Breaker type Interrupting Rating Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz systems are limited to a 5000 A interrupting rating. If higher ratings are required, consult Siemens. LG MG MG 100% Rated NG NG 100% Rated PG PG 100% Rated 75°C (167F) Copper cable per pole 60HZ 400HZ Open air 400 500 600 600 700 800 600 700 800 800 900 1000 1200 900 1000 1200 1200 1400 1600 1200 Open air 300 375 420 430 500 560 430 500 560 560 600 650 780 600 650 780 780 850 960 780 1400 850 850 4 500 kcmil 1600 960 960 5 500 kcmil judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. derating may be required if the ambient temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F). Additional Application Recommendations It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maximum ambient of 40°C) would verify the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits. Maximum continuous ampere rating at 40°C (104°F) 75°C (167F) Copper cable per pole Enclosed after No of derating pieces 38 1 46 1 50 1 58 1 64 1 72 1 75 1 84 1 100 1 72 1 75 1 84 1 100 1 112 1 128 1 144 1 160 1 168 1 192 1 208 1 240 2 210 1 240 1 260 1 300 2 240 2 300 2 336 2 information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering 17/116 Cable and Bus Sizing The cable and bus sizes to be utilized at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information. Enclosed after No of derating pieces 240 2 300 2 336 2 360 2 400 3 448 3 430 2 500 3 560 3 448 3 480 3 520 3 624 4 600 3 650 3 780 4 624 4 680 4 768 5 780 4 Wire size #3/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 350 kcmil 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil 350 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil 500 kcmil 500 kcmil 400 kcmil Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ. Siemens Industry, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog